Suggestions & Admissions by Counsel, in Cross Examination to Witnesses

Jojy George Koduvath.

Overview

1. A concession or Admission of a fact by a defence counsel would bind on his client.
In criminal trials, suggestions in cross-examination may take the position of ‘pleadings’ in civil cases.
2. In a civil trial, it is not required to put its case to the witness, as pleadings already exist.
3. The probative value of suggestions and admissions made during cross-examination varies depending on the specific facts and context of each case, and admission in cross-examination varies depending on the facts of each case.
4. In civil proceedings, where pleadings are well-defined and play a central role in shaping the issues, such suggestions or admissions by counsel during cross-examination (as regards the pleaded matters) may carry less weight. In contrast, in criminal trials, where the stakes are higher and such admissions or suggestions can hold greater evidentiary significance.

Section 15 of the Bharatiya Sakshya Adhiniyam (Indian Evidence Act, 1872, Section 17) defines an admission as a statement, oral or documentary, which suggests any inference as to a fact in issue or relevant fact, made by a party to the proceeding.

  • Therefore, technically, a question posed by counsel can be a “statement” under this section.

In Balu Sudam Khalde v. State of Maharashtra, Sudhanshu Dhulia, J.B. Pardiwala, JJ., AIR 2023 SC 1736; 2023-13 SCC 365, our Apex Court held as under:

  • 38. Thus, from the above, it is evident that the suggestion made by the defence counsel to a witness in the cross-examination if found to be incriminating in nature in any manner would definitely bind the accused and the accused cannot get away on the plea that his counsel had no implied authority to make suggestions in the nature of admissions against his client.”

Suggestion in Cross-Examination Cannot Be Used As Evidence; But, It May Aid

In Mahavir v. State of Uttar Pradesh, 2017-3 All Cri R 2407, it is held as under:

  • 36. The suggestion made in cross-examination form part of the evidence on record. Those suggestion can be taken into consideration while determining whether the reply given was believable or not. Though suggestion in cross-examination which is denied by the witness, is not evidence at all. Any suggestion made in the cross-examination of the prosecution witness by the defence, can not be used as an evidence against the accused but at the same time it can be called in aid when the other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.
  • 37. Though the suggestion made in the cross-examination is not evidence but certainly the same may be called into aid to lend assurance to the prosecution case particularly when other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.”

It appears that this view has not been followed later on.

Suggestions in Cross-Examination Could be taken into account

The Kerala High Court, in A. K. Ali v. C. H. Mammuty, 1989 CrLJ 1820, opined that a suggestion made in the cross-examination of witnesses, though not binding on the accused as admissions, those suggestions in cross-examination and statements of the accused given when questioned under S.313 could be taken into account for ascertaining the bona fides of the contentions.  

Admission for No challenge in Cross Examination

In Srichand and Shivan Das v. The State, 1985-28 DLT 360, the Delhi High Court held as under:

  • “6…. The law is well settled that where the evidence of a witness is allowed to go unchallenged with regard to any particular point it may safely be accepted as true ….”.

Purport of Cross-examination is not to give Suggestions

The Delhi High Court held in Sher Mohammad v. Mohan Magotra (Rajiv Sahai Endlaw, J.), 2013-202 DLT 708; 2013 SCC OnLine Del 2530, as under:

  • “However, I am of the opinion that in a civil trial which is based on pleadings, there is no need for such suggestions to be given. The respondent in his written statement had already denied the said payment and it was for the appellant to prove the same. The practice of giving suggestions in cross examination to witnesses is of criminal trials where there are no pleadings and the defence is built up by giving such suggestions. … The purport of cross-examination is to challenge the testimony and/or to falsify the witness or his creditworthiness, and not to give suggestions to the effect that each and every deposition in examination-in-chief is false. Similarly, a party in a civil trial is not required to in cross-examination, put its case to the witness as the same as aforesaid already exists in the pleadings.” (Note: Not followed in Sher Mohammad v. Mohan Magotra , 2013-202 DLT 708.)

The Delhi High Court, subsequently, in Sa v. Aa, 2016 SCC OnLine Del 1818 (taking note of Srichand and Shivan Das v. The State, 1985-28 DLT 360) preferred not to follow Sher Mohammad v. Mohan Magotra , 2013-202 DLT 708; 2013 SCC OnLine Del 2530. It is held that non-cross-examination of a witness on a suggestion will not be so serious as in a criminal case (for there are pleadings).

  • It appears that even the above view in Srichand and Shivan Das v. The State, 1985-28 DLT 360, is not the correct proposition of law, especially in view of Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736.
  • It appears that the following may be the correct legal position – in civil matters, where pleadings are well-defined and play a central role in shaping the issues, such suggestions or admissions by counsel during cross-examination, as regards the pleaded matters, may carry less weight.

Suggestion or Admission in Cross-Examination –  Evidentiary Value

Suggestion and admission in cross-examination being come in ‘appreciation of evidence’, probative value of the same is a matter for the court, and it varies depending on the facts of each case. The principle involved therein is consistent – that is, truth should prevail.

There being well-defined pleadings as Plaint and Written Statement in civil cases, they get prime importance in determining the case of parties to civil cases. Therefore, the suggestion or admission in cross-examination (by the advocate) has no importance as that in a criminal case.

In Tarun Bora alias Alok Hazarika v. State of Assam, 2002-7 SCC 39; 2002 Cri. LJ 4076 (SC), the presence of the accused was admitted in a suggestion put to one of the witnesses. Considering the reply given by the witness, the court arrived at the conclusion that the presence of the accused was admitted. (Referred to in: Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736.)

In Rakesh Kumar alias Babli v. State of Haryana, 1987-2 SCC 34, a suggestion was put by the defence to the witness with regard to the colour of the shirt worn by one of the accused persons at the time of the incident. The Apex Court, considering the suggestion and the reply, arrived at the conclusion that the presence of the accused, namely Dharam Vir was established on the spot at the time of occurrence. (Referred to in: Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736.)

In Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra (Sudhanshu Dhulia, J.B. Pardiwala), AIR 2023 SC 1736, it was held as under:

  • 38. Thus, from the above it is evident that the suggestion made by the defence counsel to a witness in the cross-examination if found to be incriminating in nature in any manner would definitely bind the accused and the accused cannot get away on the plea that his counsel had no implied authority to make suggestions in the nature of admissions against his client.
  • 39. Any concession or admission of a fact by a defence counsel would definitely be binding on his client, except the concession on the point of law. As a legal proposition we cannot agree with the submission canvassed on behalf of the appellants that an answer by a witness to a suggestion made by the defence counsel in the cross- examination does not deserve any value or utility if it incriminates the accused in any manner.
  • 40. It is a cardinal principle of criminal jurisprudence that the initial burden to establish the case against the accused beyond reasonable doubt rests on the prosecution. It is also an elementary principle of law that the prosecution has to prove its case on its own legs and cannot derive advantage or benefit from the weakness of the defence. We are not suggesting for a moment that if prosecution is unable to prove its case on its own legs then the Court can still convict an accused on the strength of the evidence in the form of reply to the suggestions made by the defence counsel to a witness. Take for instance, in the present case we have reached to the conclusion that the evidence of the three eyewitnesses inspires confidence and there is nothing in their evidence on the basis of which it could be said that they are unreliable witnesses. Having reached to such a conclusion, in our opinion, to fortify our view we can definitely look into the suggestions made by the defence counsel to the eyewitnesses, the reply to those establishing the presence of the accused persons as well as the eyewitnesses in the night hours. To put it in other words, suggestions by itself are not sufficient to hold the accused guilty if they are incriminating in any manner or are in the form of admission in the absence of any other reliable evidence on record. It is true that a suggestion has no evidentiary value but this proposition of law would not hold good at all times and in a given case during the course of cross-examination the defence counsel may put such a suggestion the answer to which may directly go against the accused and this is exactly what has happened in the present case.
  • 41. The principle of law that in a criminal case, a lawyer has no implied authority to make admissions against his client during the progress of the trial would hold good only in cases where dispensation of proof by the prosecution is not permissible in law. For example, it is obligatory on the part of the prosecution to prove the post mortem report by examining the doctor. The accused cannot admit the contents of the post mortem report thereby absolving the prosecution from its duty to prove the contents of the same in accordance with law by examining the doctor. This is so because if the evidence per se is inadmissible in law then a defence counsel has no authority to make it admissible with his consent.
  • 42. Therefore, we are of the opinion that suggestions made to the witness by the defence counsel and the reply to such suggestions would definitely form part of the evidence and can be relied upon by the Court along with other evidence on record to determine the guilt of the accused.”
  • 43. The main object of cross-examination is to find out the truth on record and to help the Court in knowing the truth of the case. It is a matter of common experience that many a times the defence lawyers themselves get the discrepancies clarified arising during the cross-examination in one paragraph and getting themselves contradicted in the other paragraph. The line of cross-examination is always on the basis of the defence which the counsel would keep in mind to defend the accused. At this stage, we may quote with profit the observations made by a Division Bench of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of Govind v. State of M.P. reported in 2005 Cri.LJ 1244. The Bench observed in paragraph 27 as under:
    • “27. The main object of cross-examination is to find out the truth and detection of falsehood in human testimony. It is designed either to destroy or weaken the force of evidence a witness has already given in person or elicit something in favour of the party which he has not stated or to discredit him by showing from his past history and present demeanour that he is unworthy of credit. It should be remembered that cross- examination is a duty, a lawyer owes to his clients and is not a matter of great personal glory and fame. It should always be remembered that justice must not be defeated by improper cross-examination. A lawyer owes a duty to himself that it is the most difficult art. However, he may fail in the result but fairness is one of the great elements of advocacy. Talents and genius are not aimed at self-glorification but it should be to establish truth, to detect falsehood, to uphold right and just and to expose wrongdoings of a dishonest witness. It is the most efficacious test to discover the truth. Cross-examination exposes bias, detects falsehood and shows mental and moral condition of the witnesses and whether a witness is actuated by proper motive or whether he is actuated by enmity towards his adversaries. Cross-examination is commonly esteemed the severest test of an advocate’s skill and perhaps it demands beyond any other of his duties exercise of his ingenuity. There is a great difficulty in conducting cross-examination with creditable skill. It is undoubtedly a great intellectual effort. Sometimes cross-examination assumes unnecessary length, the Court has power to control the cross- examination in such cases. (See Wrottescey on cross-examination of witnesses). The Court must also ensure that cross-examination is not made a means of harassment or causing humiliation to the victim of crime [See State of Punjab v. Gurmit Singh, 1996 SCC (Cri) 316].”
  • 44. During the course of cross-examination with a view to discredit the witness or to establish the defence on preponderance of probabilities suggestions are hurled on the witness but if such suggestions, the answer to those incriminate the accused in any manner then the same would definitely be binding and could be taken into consideration along with other evidence on record in support of the same.
  • 45. However, it would all depend upon the nature of the suggestions and with what idea in mind such suggestions are made to the witness. Take for instance in case of a charge of rape under Section 376 of the Indian Penal Code, the statement of the accused contained plain denial and a plea of false implication, a subsequent suggestion by the defence lawyer to the prosecutrix about consent on her part would not, by itself, amount to admission of guilt on behalf of the accused. In cases of rape, it is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence. In such type of cases a suggestion thrown by the defence counsel to a prosecution witness would not amount to an admission on the part of the accused. At the same time, if the defence in the cross examination of the prosecutrix, with a view to support their alternative case of consent procure answers to the questions in the form of suggestions implicating the accused for the offence of rape then such suggestions would definitely lend assurance to the prosecution case and the Court would be well justified in considering the same. We may give one more example of a case where the accused would plead right of a private defence. Such a defence is always available to the accused but although if such a defence is not taken specifically during the course of trial yet if the evidence on record suggests that the accused had inflicted injuries on the deceased in exercise of his right of private defence then the Court can definitely take into consideration such defence in determining the guilt of the accused. However, if a specific question is put to a witness by way of a suggestion indicative of exercise of right of private defence then the Court would well be justified in taking into consideration such suggestion and if the presence of the accused is established the same would definitely be admissible in evidence.”

Admission of Counsel Must Be Taken as a Whole

Generally speaking, concession or admission of a fact by a defence counsel would definitely be binding on his client, except the concession on the point of law (Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736).

But, our Apex Court in Moran Mar Basselios Catholicos v. The Most Rev. Mar Poulose, AIR 1954 SC 526, held as regards admission of counsel, as under:

  • “If it should be treated as an admission at all, it must have been accepted or rejected as a whole. It must not have been torn piecemeal and part used and part rejected.”

Suggestions (in Cross Exam) BY ITSELF – Not Sufficient to Hold Accused Guilty

In Balu Sudam Khalde v. State of Maharashtra, 2023 SCC OnLine SC 355, our Apex Court held that  if the prosecution failed to prove its case, then it could not take advantage from the weakness of the defence, and it cannot base its case on the reply of the witnesses given to the suggestions of the defence counsel. It held as under:

  • “Suggestions by itself are not sufficient to hold the accused guilty if they are incriminating in any manner or are in the form of admission in the absence of any other reliable evidence on record.”

Mere Suggestions in Cross Examination- No Evidence

The Gujarat High Court held in Umedmiya R. Rathod v. State of Gujarat (J.B. Pardiwala, J.), AIR 2017(NOC) Guj 1146 (Guj), as under:

  • “It is a settled position of law that mere suggestions are not sufficient to dislodge or disprove the case of the plaintiff. Suggestions in cross examination have no evidentiary value. In absence of any evidence, nor any material traced in the cross-examination in support thereof, the findings so far could not have been answered in the affirmative by the Trial Court as well as by this Court in the First Appeal.”

In Bibhuti Bhusan Roy v. State of West Bengal,  2019 CrLJ 1140, held that mere suggestion in cross-examination unsupported by defence evidence has no evidentiary value.


How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Effect of Not Cross-Examining a Witness (on a point) & Effect of Not Facing Complete Cross-Examination by a Witness

Taken from: Appreciation of Evidence by Court

Jojy George Koduvath.

Overview

  • Effect of non-cross-examination of a witness (on a point in chief examination) is that that statement is taken as undisputed or accepted.
  • A party in a civil trial is not required to in cross examination put its case to the witness as the same (already) exists in the pleadings.
  • In criminal cases, the case of the accused (similar to pleading in civil cases) is put on record by way of suggestions to the (concerned) prosecution witnesses. (Note – all suggestions may not give such an out-turn.)
  • Suggestions in cross examination, if not admitted by the witness, are no evidence.
  • Suggestion made by a counsel in the cross-examination will definitely bind his party. Whole case must be apprised for arriving at such an inference.
  • Probative value of evidence of a person died after examination in chief (not cross-examined) depends upon the facts of the case.
  • Probative value of evidence of a witness – partly cross examined, depends upon the facts of the case.
  • Probative value of document marked without objection ‘can’ be nil.

Effect of “No Effective Cross-Examination” (on Execution of sale deed)

Our Apex Court considered the effect of “no effective cross-examination” with respect to factum of execution of sale deed spoken to by a witness, in Muddasani Venkata Narsaiah v. Muddasani Sarojana, AIR 2016 SC 2250 (Followed in: Arvind Singh v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 2020 SC 2451, 2021-11 SCC 1). It was held in this decision –

  • Cross-examination is a matter of substance, not of procedure one.
  • A party is required to put his own version in cross-examination of opponent.
  • The effect of non-cross-examination is that the statement of witness has not been disputed.
  • Court may repel a submission – on the ground that same was not put either to the witnesses, or suggested before the courts below (referred to: Bhoju Mandal v. Debnath Bhagat, AIR 1963 SC 1906).
  • If no such questions are put, the court would presume that the witness account has been accepted (referred: M/s. Chuni Lal Dwarka Nath v. Hartford Fire Insurance Co. Ltd., AIR 1958 Punjab 440.)
  • In Maroti Bansi Teli v. Radhabai w/o Tukaram Kunbi & Ors. AIR 1945 Nagpur 60, it has been laid down that the matters sworn to by one party in the pleadings not challenged either in pleadings or cross-examination by other party must be accepted as fully established.
  • The High Court of Calcutta in A.E.G. Carapiet v. A.Y. Derderian AIR 1961 Cal. 359 has laid down that the party is obliged to put his case in cross-examination of witnesses of opposite party.
  • The rule of putting one’s version in cross-examination is one of essential justice and not merely technical one.
  • In Kuwarlal Amritlal v. Rekhlal Koduram, AIR 1950 Nagpur 83, has laid down that when attestation is not specifically challenged and witness is not cross-examined regarding details of attestation, it is sufficient for him to say that the document was attested.
  • If the other side wants to challenge that statement, it is their duty, quite apart from raising it in the pleadings, to cross-examine the witness along those lines.
  • In Karnidan Sarda v. Sailaja Kanta Mitra, AIR 1940 Patna 683, has laid down that it must be assumed that when the witnesses were not tested in that way, their evidence is to be ordinarily accepted.

Effect of NOT Challenging Validity of a deed in Cross Examination

When a deed is duly proved in the trial by the evidence of a witness, and the legality or validity of the same is not challenged in the cross examination, the court will act upon the deed as a legal and valid one (Atluri Brahmanandam v. Anne Sai Bapuji,  2013-4 SCC 97 : AIR 2013 SC 1204).

Effect of Not Cross-Examining a Witness (on a point)

Lord Herschell, L.C. in Browne vs. Dunn [(1893) 6 The Reports 67] clearly elucidates the principle underlying those provisions. It reads thus:

  • “I cannot help saying, that it seems to me to be absolutely essential to the proper conduct of a cause, where it is intended to suggest that a witness is not speaking the truth on a particular point, to direct his attention to the fact by some questions put in cross- examination showing that imputation is intended to be made, and not to take his evidence and pass it by as a matter altogether unchallenged, and then, when it is impossible for him to explain, as perhaps he might have been able to do if such questions had been put to him, the circumstances which, it is suggested, indicate that the story he tells ought not to be believed, to argue that he is a witness unworthy of credit. My Lords, I have always understood that if you intend to impeach a witness, you are bound, whilst he is in the box, to give an opportunity of making any explanation which is open to him; and, as it seems to me, that is not only a rule of professional practice in the conduct of a case, but it is essential to fair play and fair dealing with witnesses”. (Quoted in State of UP v. Nahar Sing,  1998-3 SCC 561.)

The effect of not cross-examining a witness, on a particular point, has been considered by the Supreme Court, in Laxmibai v. Bhagwantbuva, AIR 2013 SC 1204. It is observed as under:

  • “31. Furthermore, there cannot be any dispute with respect to the settled legal proposition, that if a party wishes to raise any doubt as regards the correctness of the statement of a witness, the said witness must be given an opportunity to explain his statement by drawing his attention to that part of it, which has been objected to by the other party, as being untrue. Without this, it is not possible to impeach his credibility. Such a law has been advanced in view of the statutory provisions enshrined in Sec. 138 of the Evidence Act, 1872, which enable the opposite party to cross-examine a witness as regards information tendered in evidence by him during his initial examination in chief, and the scope of this provision stands enlarged by Sec. 146 of the Evidence Act, which permits a witness to be questioned, inter-alia, in order to test his veracity. Thereafter, the unchallenged part of his evidence is to be relied upon, for the reason that it is impossible for the witness to explain or elaborate upon any doubts as regards the same, in the absence of questions put to him with respect to the circumstances which indicate that the version of events provided by him, is not fit to be believed, and the witness himself, is unworthy of credit. Thus, if a party intends to impeach a witness, he must provide adequate opportunity to the witness in the witness box, to give a full and proper explanation. The same is essential to ensure fair play and fairness in dealing with witnesses.”

In State of UP v. Nahar Sing,  1998-3 SCC 561, a criminal case, the Supreme Court observed as under:

  • “13. It may be noted here that that part of the statement of PW-1 was not cross-examined by the accused. In the absence of cross-examination on the explanation of delay, the evidence PW-1 remained unchallenged and ought to have been believed by the High Court. Section 138 of the Evidence Act confers a valuable right of cross-examining the witness tendered in evidence by the opposite party. The scope of that provision is enlarged by Section 146 of the Evidence Act by allowing a witness to be questioned:
    • to test his veracity.
    • to discover who he is and what is his position in life, or
    • to shake his credit, by injuring his character, although the answer to such questions might tend directly or indirectly to incriminate him or might expose or tend directly or indirectly to expose him to a penalty or forfeiture.

EFFECT OF MARKING DOCUMENTS WITHOUT OBJECTION

Effect of marking a document without formal proof on admission (or without objection) is a subject of controversy.

First viewAdmission of contents & it dispenses with proof.  See: RVE Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami: AIR 2003  SC  4548; Narbada Devi  v. Birendra Kumar: (2003) 8 SCC 745; Dayamati Bai v. K.M. Shaffi : AIR 2004 SC 4082; Oriental Insurance Co v. Premlata:  (2007) 8 SCC 575; Thimmappa Rai v. Ramanna Rai,(2007) 14 SCC 63; Kalita Iqbal Basith v. N Subbalakshmi, (2021) 2 SCC 718.
Second ViewAdmission of contents – but, does not dispense with proof. See: Sait Tarajee Khimchand v. Yelamarti Satyam, AIR 1971 SC 1865; Nandkishore Lalbhai Mehta v. New Era Fabrics, AIR 2015 SC 3796.
Third viewIf truth is in issue, mere proof of contents, or marking without objection, is not proof of truth. See: Narbada Devi Gupta v. Birendra Kumar Jaiswal, 2003-8 SCC 745; Ramji Dayawala Vs. Invest Import: AIR 1981 SC 2085
Fourth viewAdmission of contents, dispenses with proof and truth; but its probative value will be a matter for appreciation by court. See: State of Bihar v. Radha Krishna Singh, AIR 1983 SC 684 (Admission and probative value – different); Rakesh Mohindra v. Anita Beri: 2015  AIR(SCW) 6271; Kaliya v. State of MP: 2013-10 SCC 758;  H. Siddiqui v. A. Ramalingam: AIR 2011 SC 1492;  Rasiklal Manikchand  v. MSS Food Products: 2012-2 SCC 196.
Fifth viewCourt should require (in proper cases) the party producing the document to adduce proper evidence as to execution, and to cure formal defects. See: Harkirat Singh v. Amrinder Singh, (2005) 13 SCC 511; Umesh Challiyil v. K.P. Rajendra, (2008) 11 SCC 740; KK Ramachandran Master v. MV Sreyamakumar, (2010) 7 SCC 428; AIR 2015 SC 3796.

Read Blog: Admission of Documents in Evidence on ‘Admission’

Value of Evidence of Witness Untested (for death) by Cross-Examination

Andhra High Court (SB Sinha, CJ, as he then was) in Somagutta Sivasankara Reddy v. Palapandla Chinna Gangappa, 2002 Supp1 ALD 600, 2002-1 Andh WR 475, held that the evidence of a person who had died after examination in chief and could not be cross-examined, the weight or probative value of his evidence would vary from case to case and in a given case it could be disregarded.

In Anamika Pranav v. Anil Kumar Choudhary, 8 Feb, 2023, Patna High Court (Sunil Dutta Mishra, J.), it was held that the evidence of a witness untested by cross-examination can have no value but the evidence cannot be rejected as inadmissible. It is held as under:

  • “The correct rule is that the evidence is admissible but the weight to be attached to such evidence should depend on the circumstances of each case and that though in some cases the Court may act upon it, if there is other evidence on record, its probative value may be very small and may even be disregarded. The Court should look at the evidence carefully to see whether there are indications that by a complete cross-examination the testimony of the witness was likely to be seriously shaken or his good faith to be successfully impeached. If the evidence is inadmissible the Court is not entitled to consider it at all whereas if it admissible the Court must decide on the circumstances of each case whether any weight should be attached to it or not.”

The Single Judge followed the following decisions:

  • Mt. Horil Kuer v. Rajab Ali, AIR 1936 Pat 34
  • Srikishun Jhunjhunwalla v. Emperor, AIR 1946 Pat 384
  • Ahmad Ali v. Joti Prasad,AIR 1944 All. 188
  • Srikumar Mukherjee v. Avijit Mukherjee, 2015 SCC Online Cal. 6445.

Effect of Part Cross-Examination

In a civil case where there is no pleading as to fraud as to a document, it is not material that the party did not get an opportunity to cross-examine the witness through whom it was marked. In Dever Park Builders Pvt. Ltd. v.  Smt. Madhuri Jalan, AIR 2003 Cal 55, the witness was partly cross examined. It is held as under:

  • “19. …. I find here a portion of the examination-in-chief has been cross-examined and such portion in my view should be absolutely admissible in evidence and be considered without any hesitation by the learned Judge at the time of hearing and deciding of the suit. Cross-examination is essentially needed to bring out the truth of the oral testimony, but in case of documentary evidence where there is no suggestion or pleading as to fraud and forgery the cross-examination hardly matters.
  • 20. Therefore, I am unable to accept the argument of Mr. Dutt that the evidence of the deceased defendant shall be expunged and/or rejected altogether. It shall be considered and how much weight shall be attached should be decided considering the other facts and circumstances surrounding it. So the earlier order passed by me expunging the evidence of deceased defendant is recalled and the document and evidence already received in commission shall now be admitted as records of this case. Parties would be at liberty to use any of the exhibited documents.”

Prosecution Must Stand on Its Own Legs; Not on Weakness of Defence

Prosecution must stand or fall on its own legs and it cannot derive any strength from the weakness of the defence (Sharad B. Sarda v. State of Maharashtra, (1984) 4 SCC 116; AIR 1984 SC 1622).

The Apex Court also observed that though the suggestion made in the cross-examination was not evidence it certainly be called into aid to lend assurance to the prosecution case, particularly when other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.

Effect of NO Cross-Exam. of Witness – Taken as Unchallenged

In Mahavir v. State of Uttar Pradesh, 2017-3 All Cri R 2407, it is held as under:

  • “35. The main object of cross-examination is to bring out falsity and to find out the truth. Cross-examination is an art. It would help the Court to assess the relative merits of the case projected by the parties. Matter of cross-examination is not a mere empty formality, but one is required to put its own case in cross-examination, otherwise deposition of the witness has to be taken as unchallenged. The matter has been considered in a number of decisions that it is the duty to put ones own version to opponent in cross-examination, otherwise deposition of the witness cannot be discredited as was held in Maroti Bansi Teli v. Radhabai, AIR 1945 Nag 60: 1944 NLJ 492. In Chunni Lal Dwarka Nath v. Hartford Fire Insurance Co.Ltd., AIR 1958 Punj 440 it has been held as under:
    • ” It is well established rule of evidence that a party should put to each of his opponent’s witnesses so much of his case as concerns that particular witness. If no such questions are put, the Courts presume that the witness’s account has been accepted. If it is intended to suggest that a witness was not speaking the truth upon a particular point, his attention must first be directed to the fact by cross-examination so that he may have an opportunity of giving an explanation.”

Referring Jesu Asir Singh v. State, (2007) 12 SCC 19 : AIR 2007 SC 3015, it is held in Muneem Ahmad v. State of U. P.,  2017-171 AIC 895, 2017-98 All CriC 405, that the question put in the cross-examination to a great extent probabilise the prosecution version; and that, though questions put in cross-examination are not always determinative in finding an accused guilty, they are certainly relevant.

Effect of NO Cross-Exam. of Witness – Taken as Afterthought

In Mehra v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1957 SC 369 Yusuf Ali v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1968 SC 147 it was held that when the accused did not suggest to prosecution witnesses in cross-examination indicating his defence, it was held that the defence version may be rejected as an afterthought. (Referred to in: Mahavir v. State of Uttar Pradesh, 2017-3 All Cri R 2407)

It is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence

It is an accepted principle that it is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence in a criminal case. In such type of cases a suggestion thrown by the defence counsel to a prosecution witness (especially when it is not admitted by the witness) would not amount to an admission on the part of the accused.

But, it may not be the same result, in civil cases.

It is Permissible to take more than one defence in cases of Rape

In Tarjubhai Narsingbhai Rathwa v. State of Gujarat, (J.B. Pardiwala, J.) 2014-1 GLH 781, 2014-2 GLR 943, 2014-36 GHJ 282, 2014-6 RCR(Cri) 297, though it is observed that it is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence in cases of rape, it is further pointed out as under:

  • “33. Any concession or admission of a fact by a defence counsel would definitely be binding on his client, except the concession on the point of law. As a legal proposition we cannot agree with the views expressed by Their Lordships of this Court in Koli Trikam Jivraj v. The State of Guj.,  1969 CrLJ  409, AIR 1969 Guj 69. that an answer by a witness to a suggestion made by the defence counsel in the cross-examination does not deserve any value or utility if it incriminates the accused in any manner. At the same time, we are also unable to agree with the views expressed by Their Lordships of this Court that a statement of an accused recorded under Section 313 of the Criminal Procedure Code does not deserve any value of utility if it contains inculpatory admissions.”

It is also held as under:

  • “43. … At the same time, if the defence in the cross- examination of the prosecutrix, with a view to support their alternative case of consent procure answers to the questions in the form of suggestions implicating the accused for the offence of rape then such suggestions would definitely lend assurance to the prosecution case and the Court would be well justified in considering the same.”

Suggestions in Cross Examination to Witnesses

  • Concession or Admission of a fact by a defence counsel would bind on his client.
  • Suggestions in cross examination, by itself, are no evidence.
  • In criminal trials, suggestions in cross examination may take the position as ‘pleadings’ in civil cases.
  • In a civil trial it is not required to put its case to the witness, as pleadings already exists.
  • Probative value of suggestion and admission in cross-examination varies depending on the facts of each case.
  • There being well defined pleadings in civil cases, the suggestion or admission in cross-examination (by the advocate) has no importance as that in a criminal case.

It appears that the acceptable view is that laid down in Mahavir v. State of Uttar Pradesh, 2017-3 All Cri R 2407. It is held:

  • Any suggestion made in the cross-examination of the prosecution witness by the defence, can not be used as an evidence against the accused
  • but at the same time it can be called in aid when the other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.

In Mahavir v. State of Uttar Pradesh, 2017-3 All Cri R 2407, it is held as under:

  • 36. The suggestion made in cross-examination form part of the evidence on record. Those suggestion can be taken into consideration while determining whether the reply given was believable or not. Though suggestion in cross-examination which is denied by the witness, is not evidence at all. Any suggestion made in the cross-examination of the prosecution witness by the defence, can not be used as an evidence against the accused but at the same time it can be called in aid when the other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.
  • 37. Though the suggestion made in the cross-examination is not evidence but certainly the same may be called into aid to lend assurance to the prosecution case particularly when other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.”

The Kerala High Court, in A. K. Ali v. C. H. Mammuty, 1989 CrLJ 1820, opined that a suggestion made in the cross examination of witnesses though not binding on the accused as admissions, those suggestions in cross examination and statements of the accused given when questioned under S.313 could be taken into account for ascertaining the bona fides of the contentions.   

But, in Khimjibhai Kurjibhai  v. The State of Gujarat, 1982 CrLR (Guj), it is held that the suggestion in cross examination are no evidence. It appears that this view has not been followed later on.

Suggestions in Cross Examination to Witnesses – in Civil Cases

In Srichand and Shivan Das v. The State, 1985-28 DLT 360, the Delhi High Court held as under:

  • “6…. The law is well settled that where the evidence of a witness is allowed to go unchallenged with regard to any particular point it may safely be accepted as true ….”.

The Delhi High Court held in Sher Mohammad v. Mohan Magotra (Rajiv Sahai Endlaw, J.), 2013-202 DLT 708; 2013 SCC OnLine Del 2530, as under:

  • “However, I am of the opinion that in a civil trial which is based on pleadings, there is no need for such suggestions to be given. The respondent in his written statement had already denied the said payment and it was for the appellant to prove the same. The practice of giving suggestions in cross examination to witnesses is of criminal trials where there are no pleadings and the defence is built up by giving such suggestions. … The purport of cross examination is to challenge the testimony and/or to falsify the witness or his credit worthiness and not to give suggestions to the effect that each and every deposition in examination-in-chief is false. Similarly, a party in a civil trial is not required to in cross examination put its case to the witness as the same as aforesaid already exists in the pleadings.”

The Delhi High Court, subsequently, in Sa v. Aa, 2016 SCC OnLine Del 1818 (taking note of Srichand and Shivan Das v. The State, 1985-28 DLT 360) preferred not to follow Sher Mohammad v. Mohan Magotra , 2013-202 DLT 708; 2013 SCC OnLine Del 2530, which held that non-cross examination of a witness on a suggestion will not be so seriousas in a criminal case (for there are pleadings). It appears that it is not the correct proposition of law.

Admission of Counsel Must Be Taken as a Whole

Generally speaking, concession or admission of a fact by a defence counsel would definitely be binding on his client, except the concession on the point of law (Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736).

But, our Apex Court in Moran Mar Basselios Catholicos v. The Most Rev. Mar Poulose, AIR 1954 SC 526, held as regards admission of counsel, as under:

  • “If it should be treated as an admission at all, it must have been accepted or rejected as a whole. It must not have been torn piecemeal and part used and part rejected.”

Suggestion or Admission in Cross-Examination –  Evidentiary Value

Suggestion and admission in cross-examination being come in ‘appreciation of evidence’, probative value of the same is a matter for the court, and it varies depending on the facts of each case. The principle involved therein is consistent – that is, truth should prevail.

There being well defined pleadings as Plaint and Written Statement in civil cases, it gets prime importance in determining the case of parities to civil cases. Therefore, the suggestion or admission in cross-examination (by the advocate) has no importance as that in a criminal case.

In Tarun Bora alias Alok Hazarika v. State of Assam, 2002-7 SCC 39; 2002 Cri. LJ 4076 (SC), the presence of the accused was admitted in a suggestion put to one of the witnesses. Considering the reply given by the witness the court arrived at the conclusion that the presence of the accused was admitted. (Referred to in: Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736.)

In Rakesh Kumar alias Babli v. State of Haryana, 1987-2 SCC 34, a suggestion was put by the defence to the witness with regard to the colour of the shirt worn by one of the accused persons at the time of the incident. The Apex Court considering the suggestion and the reply arrived at the conclusion that the presence of the accused namely Dharam Vir was established on the spot at the time of occurrence. (Referred to in: Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736.)

In Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra (Sudhanshu Dhulia, J.B. Pardiwala), AIR 2023 SC 1736, it was held as under:

  • 38. Thus, from the above it is evident that the suggestion made by the defence counsel to a witness in the cross-examination if found to be incriminating in nature in any manner would definitely bind the accused and the accused cannot get away on the plea that his counsel had no implied authority to make suggestions in the nature of admissions against his client.
  • 39. Any concession or admission of a fact by a defence counsel would definitely be binding on his client, except the concession on the point of law. As a legal proposition we cannot agree with the submission canvassed on behalf of the appellants that an answer by a witness to a suggestion made by the defence counsel in the cross- examination does not deserve any value or utility if it incriminates the accused in any manner.
  • 40. It is a cardinal principle of criminal jurisprudence that the initial burden to establish the case against the accused beyond reasonable doubt rests on the prosecution. It is also an elementary principle of law that the prosecution has to prove its case on its own legs and cannot derive advantage or benefit from the weakness of the defence. We are not suggesting for a moment that if prosecution is unable to prove its case on its own legs then the Court can still convict an accused on the strength of the evidence in the form of reply to the suggestions made by the defence counsel to a witness. Take for instance, in the present case we have reached to the conclusion that the evidence of the three eyewitnesses inspires confidence and there is nothing in their evidence on the basis of which it could be said that they are unreliable witnesses. Having reached to such a conclusion, in our opinion, to fortify our view we can definitely look into the suggestions made by the defence counsel to the eyewitnesses, the reply to those establishing the presence of the accused persons as well as the eyewitnesses in the night hours. To put it in other words, suggestions by itself are not sufficient to hold the accused guilty if they are incriminating in any manner or are in the form of admission in the absence of any other reliable evidence on record. It is true that a suggestion has no evidentiary value but this proposition of law would not hold good at all times and in a given case during the course of cross-examination the defence counsel may put such a suggestion the answer to which may directly go against the accused and this is exactly what has happened in the present case.
  • 41. The principle of law that in a criminal case, a lawyer has no implied authority to make admissions against his client during the progress of the trial would hold good only in cases where dispensation of proof by the prosecution is not permissible in law. For example, it is obligatory on the part of the prosecution to prove the post mortem report by examining the doctor. The accused cannot admit the contents of the post mortem report thereby absolving the prosecution from its duty to prove the contents of the same in accordance with law by examining the doctor. This is so because if the evidence per se is inadmissible in law then a defence counsel has no authority to make it admissible with his consent.
  • 42. Therefore, we are of the opinion that suggestions made to the witness by the defence counsel and the reply to such suggestions would definitely form part of the evidence and can be relied upon by the Court along with other evidence on record to determine the guilt of the accused.”
  • 43. The main object of cross-examination is to find out the truth on record and to help the Court in knowing the truth of the case. It is a matter of common experience that many a times the defence lawyers themselves get the discrepancies clarified arising during the cross-examination in one paragraph and getting themselves contradicted in the other paragraph. The line of cross-examination is always on the basis of the defence which the counsel would keep in mind to defend the accused. At this stage, we may quote with profit the observations made by a Division Bench of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of Govind v. State of M.P. reported in 2005 Cri.LJ 1244. The Bench observed in paragraph 27 as under:
    • “27. The main object of cross-examination is to find out the truth and detection of falsehood in human testimony. It is designed either to destroy or weaken the force of evidence a witness has already given in person or elicit something in favour of the party which he has not stated or to discredit him by showing from his past history and present demeanour that he is unworthy of credit. It should be remembered that cross- examination is a duty, a lawyer owes to his clients and is not a matter of great personal glory and fame. It should always be remembered that justice must not be defeated by improper cross-examination. A lawyer owes a duty to himself that it is the most difficult art. However, he may fail in the result but fairness is one of the great elements of advocacy. Talents and genius are not aimed at self-glorification but it should be to establish truth, to detect falsehood, to uphold right and just and to expose wrongdoings of a dishonest witness. It is the most efficacious test to discover the truth. Cross-examination exposes bias, detects falsehood and shows mental and moral condition of the witnesses and whether a witness is actuated by proper motive or whether he is actuated by enmity towards his adversaries. Cross-examination is commonly esteemed the severest test of an advocate’s skill and perhaps it demands beyond any other of his duties exercise of his ingenuity. There is a great difficulty in conducting cross-examination with creditable skill. It is undoubtedly a great intellectual effort. Sometimes cross-examination assumes unnecessary length, the Court has power to control the cross- examination in such cases. (See Wrottescey on cross-examination of witnesses). The Court must also ensure that cross-examination is not made a means of harassment or causing humiliation to the victim of crime [See State of Punjab v. Gurmit Singh, 1996 SCC (Cri) 316].”
  • 44. During the course of cross-examination with a view to discredit the witness or to establish the defence on preponderance of probabilities suggestions are hurled on the witness but if such suggestions, the answer to those incriminate the accused in any manner then the same would definitely be binding and could be taken into consideration along with other evidence on record in support of the same.
  • 45. However, it would all depend upon the nature of the suggestions and with what idea in mind such suggestions are made to the witness. Take for instance in case of a charge of rape under Section 376 of the Indian Penal Code, the statement of the accused contained plain denial and a plea of false implication, a subsequent suggestion by the defence lawyer to the prosecutrix about consent on her part would not, by itself, amount to admission of guilt on behalf of the accused. In cases of rape, it is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence. In such type of cases a suggestion thrown by the defence counsel to a prosecution witness would not amount to an admission on the part of the accused. At the same time, if the defence in the cross examination of the prosecutrix, with a view to support their alternative case of consent procure answers to the questions in the form of suggestions implicating the accused for the offence of rape then such suggestions would definitely lend assurance to the prosecution case and the Court would be well justified in considering the same. We may give one more example of a case where the accused would plead right of a private defence. Such a defence is always available to the accused but although if such a defence is not taken specifically during the course of trial yet if the evidence on record suggests that the accused had inflicted injuries on the deceased in exercise of his right of private defence then the Court can definitely take into consideration such defence in determining the guilt of the accused. However, if a specific question is put to a witness by way of a suggestion indicative of exercise of right of private defence then the Court would well be justified in taking into consideration such suggestion and if the presence of the accused is established the same would definitely be admissible in evidence.”

Suggestions (in Cross Exam) BY ITSELF – Not Sufficient to Hold Accused Guilty

In Balu Sudam Khalde v. State of Maharashtra, 2023 SCC OnLine SC 355, our Apex Court held that  if the prosecution failed to prove its case, then it could not take advantage from the weakness of the defence, and it cannot base its case on the reply of the witnesses given to the suggestions of the defence counsel. It held as under:

  • “Suggestions by itself are not sufficient to hold the accused guilty if they are incriminating in any manner or are in the form of admission in the absence of any other reliable evidence on record.”

Mere Suggestions in Cross Examination- No Evidence

The Gujarat High Court held in Umedmiya R. Rathod v. State of Gujarat (J.B. Pardiwala, J.), AIR 2017(NOC) Guj 1146 (Guj), as under:

  • “It is a settled position of law that mere suggestions are not sufficient to dislodge or disprove the case of the plaintiff. Suggestions in cross examination have no evidentiary value. In absence of any evidence, nor any material traced in the cross-examination in support thereof, the findings so far could not have been answered in the affirmative by the Trial Court as well as by this Court in the First Appeal.”

In Bibhuti Bhusan Roy v. State of West Bengal,  2019 CrLJ 1140, held that mere suggestion in cross-examination unsupported by defence evidence has no evidentiary value.


How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Appreciation of Evidence by Court – ‘Preponderance of Probabilities’ & ‘Probative Value of Evidence’

Jojy George Koduvath.

PART I

Introduction

What is ‘Proof’ in Evidence Act

A fact is said to be proved (Sec. 3 Evidence Act) when, after considering the matters before it, the court either believes it to exist, or consider its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists. This is the definition given for the word proved in the Evidence Act.

Proof of Fact Depends Upon the Degree of Probability

In M. Narsinga Rao v. State of Andhra Pradesh, AIR 2001 SC 318, it is observed that what is required is production of such materials on which the court can reasonably act to reach the supposition that a fact exists. The Apex Court then proceeds as under:

  • “Proof of the fact depends upon the degree of probability of its having existed. The standard required for reaching the supposition is that of a prudent man acting in any important matter concerning him.
  • Fletcher Moulton L.J. in Hawkins v. Powells Tillery Steam Coal Company, Ltd. [1911 (1) K.B. 988] observed like this: Proof does not mean proof to rigid mathematical demonstration, because that is impossible; it must mean such evidence as would induce a reasonable man to come to a particular conclusion”.
  • The said observation has stood the test of time and can now be followed as the standard of proof. In reaching the conclusion the court can use the process of inferences to be drawn from facts produced or proved.”

Inference as to Proof is Akin to Presumption – Law Gives Discretion to Court

As stated earlier ‘Proof’ is what the court either believes it to exist, or consider its existence so probable. In M. Narsinga Rao v. State of Andhra Pradesh, AIR 2001 SC 318, it is further observed as regards ‘process of inference of proof’ by a court, as under:

  • Such inferences (as to Proof) are akin to presumptions in law. Law gives absolute discretion to the court to presume the existence of any fact which it thinks likely to have happened. In that process the court may have regard to common course of natural events, human conduct, public or private business vis-à-vis the facts of the particular case. The discretion is clearly envisaged in Section 114 of the Evidence Act. Presumption is an inference of a certain fact drawn from other proved facts. While inferring the existence of a fact from another, the court is only applying a process of intelligent reasoning which the mind of a prudent man would do under similar circumstances. Presumption is not the final conclusion to be drawn from other facts. But it could as well be final if it remains undisturbed later. Presumption in Law of Evidence is a rule indicating the stage of shifting the burden of proof. From a certain fact or facts the court can draw an inference and that would remain until such inference is either disproved or dispelled. For the purpose of reaching one conclusion the court can rely on a factual presumption. Unless the presumption is disproved or dispelled or rebutted, the court can treat the presumption as tantamounting to proof. However, as a caution of prudence we have to observe that it may be unsafe to use that presumption to draw yet another discretionary presumption unless there is a statutory compulsion. This Court has indicated so in Suresh Budharmal Kalani vs. State of Maharashtra [1998 (7) SCC 337]. A presumption can be drawn only from facts – and not from other presumptions by a process of probable and logical reasoning.”

Probative Value of Evidence

Origin of ‘Probative’ is from ‘Probare’ (Latin), means to prove; and ‘Probatio’ (Latin), means experience, trial, proof, testing, probation etc. In law, the meaning of ‘probative value’ is –

  • Sufficiency of evidence which is useful to prove something in a trial.
  • Probability of proof or truth while appreciating a fact.
  • Value or weight of evidence, considered by the court, in proof of something.
  • Extent of evidentiary value that can be taken to prove a proffered proposition.

Whenever a document is admitted in court, the probative value thereof will be a matter for the court to determine. State of Bihar v. Radha Krishna Singh, AIR 1983 SC 684, it is observed:

  • “Admissibility of a document is one thing and its probative value quite another—these two aspects cannot be combined. A document may be admissible and yet may not carry any conviction and weight or its probative value may be nil.”

E.g. – previous criminal conduct of an accused, photocopy of a deed certified copy of which is provided in law, ‘objectionable document’ marked without objection, un-cross-examined testimony of a witness etc.

If there is a dispute regarding age, the Supreme Court, in State of Punjab Vs. Mohinder Singh (AIR 2005 SC 1868), held that the date of birth available in the School Admission Register has more probative value than the horoscope. The probative value of FIR, Scene-Mahazar, Post-Mortem Report, photocopy of a Registered Deed etc., by itself, will be lesser. In such cases the court can refrain from acting upon such documents until substantive or regular evidence is offered, by examining the proper witness.

In Om Prakash Vs. State of Punjab, 1993(2) CLR 395, and Jora Singh Vs. State of Punjab, 1984(2) Crimes 837, it has been held that an entry in the school leaving certificate regarding date of birth of a student is not a conclusive proof or high ‘probity evidence’because it is a matter of common knowledge that the date of birth given at the time of the admission of a boy or girl in a school is seldom correct and more often than not the age given is less than the actual age of the child. (See also: C. Doddanarayana Reddy Vs. C. Jayarama Reddy: AIR 2020 SC 1912; Commissioner of Central Excise And Service Tax v. M/S. Sanjivani Non-Ferrous Trading: AIR 2019 SC 203.)

A ‘Certificate’ or ‘Expert Opinion’ is NOT Per Se Admissible

A certificate, in most cases, is an opinion, and prepared on the basis of other documents or evidences. In such cases, when it is an assumption or inference, it by itself, is not admissible, as it will only be, at the most, a secondary evidence. A Wound Certificate is not a substantive evidence. It has to be proved by a competent witness. Unless presumption can be invoked under Clause (e) of Sec. 114 Evidence Act (that judicial and official acts have been regularly performed), no certificate can be taken as proved unless its contents are proved in a formal manner.

This is why Order XXVI rule 10 CPC specifically says – Commission Report shall ‘form part of the record’.

Unless the expert is examined in the court, his opinion cannot be relied on. (State of Maharashtra vs. Damu, AIR 2000 SC 1691). Opinion or report of a finger print expert is not a substantive evidence. Such evidence can only be used to corroborate some items of substantive evidence which are otherwise on record (Musheer Khan Vs. State of M.P, 2019-7 SCC 781; AIR. 2010 SC 3762).

Our Apex Court held in Dharmarajan v. Valliammal, 2008 (2) SCC 741, that ‘a certificate issued by the Tahsildar cannot be relied on without examining the Tahsildar who issued the same’. It is referred to in Pankajakshan Nair v. Shylaja, ILR 2017-1 Ker 951.

Read Blog:

Appreciation of Evidence is Both an Art and a Science

R. Basant, J., in Basheer Vs. Mahasakthi Enterprises – 2005-3 Ker LT 163: 2005-1 Mad LJ 965, held as under:

  • “The appreciation of evidence is both an art and a science. All relevant inputs have to be taken into consideration for the Court to answer a disputed question of fact. Each circumstance including the opinion tendered by an expert must be taken into consideration. All the relevant inputs must be placed in the crucible. But the result of such appreciation must stem from prudence, reasonableness and intelligence of the Court. The knowledge of men and matters of the Court would be crucial. The knowledge of the court of common course of events and natural and probable behaviour of human beings will be vital. The yardsticks of a reasonably prudent mind have to be accepted. All relevant circumstances must go into the decision making. When the evidence is sifted, weighed, tested, analysed and evaluated, no one piece of evidence can be said to overrule the others unless such evidence be clinching, convincing and beyond doubt.”

Classification of Evidence

On a broad classification, according to Sec. 3 (definitions) and 45 of the Evidence Act, ‘evidence’ can be classified into following categories –

  • Oral evidence;
  • Documentary evidence including electronic records; and
  • Opinions of experts including views of persons specially skilled in foreign law, science or art, or in questions as to identify of handwriting or finger-impressions. It may also be termed as scientific evidence.

Difference in appreciation of evidence in Criminal and Civil matters.

Civil courts proceeds on the principle – “preponderance of probability”. Criminal courts proceeds on the principle – guilt of the accused must be ‘proved beyond all reasonable doubts’.

Preponderance of Probabilities

‘Preponderance’ is used for it carries or conveys the idea that the conscience of the judge is important in appreciation of evidence and law in civil matters. It is also used in contrast to ‘certainty beyond doubt’ (pertains to criminal law).  In the process of appreciation of evidence, the ‘slight’ evidence may ‘tilt the balance’ in Civil cases on applying the principle of ‘preponderance’. Therefore, it is said that the evidence is to be weighed. That is, ‘count’ is not the material thing, for a ‘genuine’ judge.  It is laid down in Section 134 of the Evidence Act which reads as under:

  • “No particular number of witnesses shall in any case be required for the proof of any fact.”

In Narayan Ganesh Dastane v. Sucheta Narayan Dastane, AIR 1975 SC 1534, our Apex Court observed as under:

  • “The normal rule which governs civil proceedings is that a fact can be said to be estabilshed if it is proved by a preponderance of probabilities. This is for the reason that under the Evidence Act, Sec. 3, a fact is said to be proved when the court either believes it to exist or considers its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists. The belief regarding the existence of a fact may thus be founded on a balance of probabilities. A prudent man faced with conflicting probabilities concerning a fact-situation will act on the supposition that the fact exists, if on weighing the various probabilities he finds that the preponderance is in favour of the existence of the particular fact. As a prudent man, so the court applies this test for finding whether a fact in issue can be said to be proved. The first step in this process is to fix the probabilities, the second to weigh them, though the two may often intermingle. The impossible is weeded out at the first stage, the improbable at the second. Within the wide range of probabilities the court has often a difficult choice to make but it is this choice which ultimately determines where the preponderance of probabilities lies.”

Our Apex Court referred the following two English decisions-  

(1) Per Dixon,J.in Wright v.Wright (1948)77 C.L.R.191. It observed as under:

  • “The nature and gravity of an issue necessarily determines the manner of attaining reasonable satisfaction of the truth of the issue”;

(2) Blyth v. Blyth, [1966] 1 A.E.R. 524 (Lord Denning). It is observed as under:

  • “The degree of probability depends on the subject-matter. In proportion as the offence is grave, so ought the proof to be clear”

Standard of proof required under Sect. 139 NI Act is ‘preponderance of probabilities’

In Rangappa v. Sri Mohan, (2010) 11 SCC 441, our Apex Court held that Sec. 139, Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 (liability of accused is presumed “unless the contrary is proved”) contains ‘reverse onus clause‘; and that under Sect. 139, the standard of proof required for rebutting that presumption is ‘preponderance of probabilities’.  (Followed in Anss Rajashekar v. Augustus Jeba Ananth, AIR 2019 SC 942).

In Basalingappa v. Mudibasappa, 2019-5 SCC 418, while considering the presumption in 138 NI Act, it is held that when financial capacity is questioned, it was incumbent on the complainant to have explained his financial capacity and that the Court cannot insist on a person to lead negative evidence.

In Basalingappa v. Mudibasappa, 2019-5 SCC 418, while considering the presumption in 138 NI Act, it is held that when financial capacity is questioned, it was incumbent on the complainant to have explained his financial capacity and that the Court cannot insist on a person to lead negative evidence.

In Oriental Bank of Commerce v. Prabodh Kumar Tewari (AS Bopanna, Dhananjaya Y Chandrachud), 2022-7 SCR 72, it is held as under:

  • “12. Section 139 of the Act mandates that it shall be presumed, unless the contrary is proved, that the holder of a cheque received it, in discharge, in whole or in part, of a debt, or liability.
  • The expression “unless the contrary is proved” indicates that the presumption under Section 139 of the Act is rebuttable. Terming this as an example of a “reverse onus clause” the three-Judge Bench of this Court in Rangappa held that in determining whether the presumption has been rebutted, the test of proportionality must guide the determination. The standard of proof for rebuttal of the presumption under Section 139 of the Act is guided by a preponderance of probabilities.”

Reasonable Possibility alone is needed to Rebut Presumption

In Kali Ram Vs. State of Himachal Pradesh, (1973) 2 SCC 808, it was laid down by our Apex Court as under:

  • “23. ……One of the cardinal principles which has always to be kept in view in our system of administration of justice for criminal cases is that a person arraigned as an accused is presumed to be innocent unless that presumption is rebutted by the prosecution by production of evidence as may show him to be guilty of the offence with which he is charged. The burden of proving the guilt of the accused is upon the prosecution and unless it relieves itself of that burden, the courts cannot record a finding of the guilt of the accused. There are certain cases in which statutory presumptions arise regarding the guilt of the accused, but the burden even in those cases is upon the prosecution to prove the existence of facts which have to be present before the presumption can be drawn. Once those facts are shown by the prosecution to exist, the Court can raise the statutory presumption and it would, in such an event, be for the accused to rebut the presumption. The onus even in such cases upon the accused is not as heavy as is normally upon the prosecution to prove the guilt of the accused. If some material is brought on the record consistent with the innocence of the accused which may reasonably be true, even though it is not positively proved to be true, the accused would be entitled to acquittal.” (Quoted in: Basalingappa v. Mudibasappa: 2019-5 SCC 418.)

In M.S. Narayana Menon v. State of Kerala, (2006) 6 SCC 39 (SB Sinha), it was held that a probable defence or reasonable possibility alone is needed to rebut the presumption, which must meet the standard of “preponderance of probability”.  In M.S. Narayana Menon v. State of Kerala, (2006) 6 SCC 39 (SB Sinha) observed as under:

  • “In Hiten P. Dalal v. Bratindranath Banerjee [(2001) 6 SCC 16], a 3- Judge Bench of this Court held that although by reason of Sections 138 and 139 of the Act (NI Act), the presumption of law as distinguished from presumption of fact is drawn, the court has no other option but to draw the same in every case where the factual basis of raising the presumption is established. Pal, J. speaking for a 3-Judge Bench, however, opined:
    • “Presumptions are rules of evidence and do not conflict with the presumption of innocence, because by the latter, all that is meant is that the prosecution is obliged to prove the case against the accused beyond reasonable doubt. The obligation on the prosecution may be discharged with the help of presumptions of law or fact unless the accused adduces evidence showing the reasonable possibility of the non-existence of the presumed fact.
    • In other words, provided the facts required to form the basis of a presumption of law exist, no discretion is left with the court but to draw the statutory conclusion, but this does not preclude the person against whom the presumption is drawn from rebutting it and proving the contrary. A fact is said to be proved when, ‘after considering the matters before it, the court either believes it to exist, or considers its existence so probable that a prudent man ought, under the circumstances of the particular case, to act upon the supposition that it exists’. Therefore, the rebuttal does not have to be conclusively established but such evidence must be adduced before the court in support of the defence that the court must either believe the defence to exist or consider its existence to be reasonably probable, the standard of reasonability being that of the ‘prudent man’.”

Lack of Source of Income of Complainant Negatives Presumption

Under Sec. 139 of NI Act, the burden is on the accused to rebut the presumptions available. If the court comes to the conclusion that the complainant had no source of income to lend a large sum to the accused, court can came to the conclusion that the complainant had failed to prove that there is no legally recoverable debt payable by the accused to him. (K Subramani v. K Damodar Naidu, (2015) 1 SCC 99.)

Admissibility & Relevancy in Evidence Act

  • Admissions (Evid. Act: Sec 24-30)
  • Confessions (Sec 24-30)
    • Extra Judicial
    • Judicial
  • Burden of Proof (Sec 101, 103, 108, 110, 113)
  • Presumption (Sec 4)
    • May presume
    • Shall presume.
  • Relevancy of Facts (Sec. 5 to 14)
    • Evidence may be given in any suit or proceedings of every fact in issue. S. 5 onwards.
    • Facts though not in issue but connected with a fact in issue which form part of same transaction. S. 6
    • Facts which are cause or effect of facts in issue. S. 7
    • Facts is that shows motive, preparation and previous or subsequent conduct. S. 8
    • Facts that establish identity of a thing or person or fix the time or place of a relevant fact or transaction. S. 9
    • Things said or done by conspirator in reference to common design. S. 10
    • Facts showing existence of state of mind, or of body. S. 14
  • Relevancy of Admissions (S. 17)
    • Statements made by party or his agent. S. 18 .
    • Admissions can be proved against the person who makes them. S. 21 .
    • Oral admissions as to contents of documents or electronic records are not relevant. Ss. 22 & 22A.
    • No confession made under inducement and that to a police officer to be proved against accused. S. 24, S.25 & S.26 except under S. 27, S.28 & S.29.
    • Confession affecting person making it and others jointly under trial. S. 30.
  • Relevancy of Facts (Sec. 32 to 44)
    • Statement of relevant fact by dead or missing person. S. 32.
    • Evidence by dead or missing person in a judicial proceeding. S. 33.
    • Entries in books and official records. S. 34 & S.35.
    • Facts in maps or charts, notifications and law books under the authority of the Government. S. 36, S.37 & S.38.
    • When to be proved. S. 39.
    • Previous judgments bar a second suit or trial. S.40.
    • Any final judgment in probate or insolvency jurisdiction. S.41.
  • Relevancy of Opinion (Sec. 45 to 51)
    • Opinion of an expert. S.45.
    • Opinion of any person acquainted with the handwriting of the person. S.47
    • The ground on which the opinion is based. S.51

Read Blog: Relevancy, Admissibility and Proof of Documents

Standard of Proof in Civil and Criminal Cases

Our Apex Court continued in Narayan Ganesh Dastane v. Sucheta Narayan Dastane, AIR 1975 SC 1534, as under:

  • “In civil cases this, normally, is the standard of proof to apply for finding whether the burden of proof is discharged. Proof beyond reasonable doubt is proof by a higher standard which generally governs criminal trials or trials involving inquiry into issues of a quasi-criminal nature. A criminal trial involves the liberty of the subject which may not be taken away on a mere preponderance of probabilities. If the probabilities are so’ nicely balanced that a reasonable, not a vascillating, mind cannot find where the preponderance lies, a doubt arises regarding the existence of the fact to be proved and the benefit of such reasonable doubt goes to the accused. It is wrong to import such considerations in trials of a purely civil nature.”

Evidence in Old Transaction – Vigor in RECENT TRANSACTIONS could Not be EXPECTED

In Muthialpet Benefit Fund Ltd.  v. V.  Devarajulu Chetty, AIR 1955 Mad 455, it is held as under:

  • “7. To my mind, neither of the first two points is convincing because the first is based on the rather over-optimistic and facile profession of faith made in every minors suit that he the minor is going to win and to which the statistics of our Courts do not unfortunately lend any support and especially so in this case and in the circumstances set out above, which make out prima facie that the mortgagee public institution made proper and bona fide enquiry as to the existence of necessity and did all that was reasonable to satisfy itself as to the existence of such necessity. In such a case even if there was no necessity in fact or even if the money borrowed was not applied to meet the necessity, the alienation will be upheld. The recitals of necessity in the deed are admissible in evidence as admissions of the Manager or father and also amount to representation of necessity though in the case of RECENT TRANSACTIONS evidence aliunde** would be NORMALLY EXPECTED. These elementary propositions require no buttressing by citations (See Mulla, Hindu Law, Edn.10, p.285; Raghavachari: Hindu Law, Edn.3, p.335 and following; Mayne: Hindu Law, Edn.11, Re-print pp.474-475). Secondly, it is in the best interest of the mortgagors themselves to prevent the deterioration of the value of the corpus and market it into cash and keep the sale proceeds in Court pending and abiding the result of the suit.”
  • (**from other sources)

In Jagna Sanyasiah v.  Mycherla Peda Atchanna Naidu, AIR 1921 Mad 624, it is held as under:

  • “5. The respondents’ contention in their memorandum of objections would, in my opinion, have to be allowed as the passing of consideration for a document which is more than 30 years old and which was ever questioned till this suits was brought should be taken as proved even if the direct evidence is not as strong as might be naturally expected in respect of recent transactions.”

Conflict Between Oral Evidence and Scientific Evidence, Which Will Prevail

It depends upon the nature of the subject matter.

In case of a conflict between oral evidence and scientific evidence, which will prevail? The answer is that it depends upon the nature of the subject matter. In everyday practice we see that trustworthy and credible oral evidence get primacy status over the scientific evidence. It is on the principle that the scientific evidence is always an ‘opinion’ or ‘possibility’ only. By the advent of scientific techniques in the field of judicial investigation and enquiry, our judicial process began to assign due importance to scientific evidence. Still, the oral evidence has primacy over the scientific evidence.  

Expert Evidence is only Corroborative

It is important that Section 45 of the Evidence Act does not say anything as to the weight to be attached to the expert evidence. This Section only says that expert’s evidence is admissible. The expert-evidence is not substantive evidence; and it is generally used as a piece of evidence for corroboration or conflict with oral evidence. The evidence of an expert only aids and helps the Court as advisory material. The expert being not a witness of fact, his opinion is to be analysed objectively by the court. The decision making process is never delegated to the expert; the expert only helps and assists the Court to decide. Courts always give due importance to the opinion of the experts. But, it will not substitute proof. Court is said to be the expert of experts.

In Solanki Chimanbhai Ukabhai v. State of Gujarat, (1983) 2 SCC 174, it was held that the evidence of eyewitnesses should be preferred unless the medical evidence completely rules it out. It was held as under:

  • “13. Ordinarily, the value of medical evidence is only corroborative. It proves that the injuries could have been caused in the manner alleged and nothing more. The use which the defence can make of the medical evidence is to prove that the injuries could not possibly have been caused in the manner alleged and thereby discredit the eyewitnesses. Unless, however the medical evidence in its turn goes so far that it completely rules out all possibilities whatsoever of injuries taking place in the manner alleged by eyewitnesses, the testimony of the eyewitnesses cannot be thrown out on the ground of alleged inconsistency between it and the medical evidence.”

In State of Haryana v. Bhagirath, (1999) 5 SCC 96, the Supreme Court held as under:

  • “15. The opinion given by a medical witness need not be the last word on the subject. Such opinion shall be tested by the court. If the opinion is bereft of logic or objectivity, the court is not obliged to go by that opinion. After all opinion is what is formed in the mind of a person regarding a fact situation. If one doctor forms one opinion and another doctor forms a different opinion on the same facts it is open to the Judge to adopt the view which is more objective or probable. Similarly if the opinion given by one doctor is not consistent with probability the court has no liability to go by that opinion merely because it is said by the doctor. Of course, due weight must be given to opinions given by persons who are experts in the particular subject.”

The blood group on the dress of the accused and the dress of the deceased matched. It corroborates the prosecution story. However that by itself is not conclusive proof of the culpability of the accused (Binder Munda v. State, 1992 CrLJ 3508 (Ori) DB).

In Surinder Singh v. State of Punjab, 1989 SCC (Cri) 649, it is observed that it would not be helpful to the prosecution if it was not shown that the blood-stains on the weapon recovered from the possession of the accused were of the same group as the blood of the deceased. (See also: Kansa Behera. v. State of Orissa. AIR 1987 SC 1507).

In State of U.P. v. Krishna Gopal, AIR 1988 SC 2154, the eye-witnesses were found credible and trustworthy. Therefore, the medical opinion pointing to alternative possibilities was not accepted as conclusive. The Apex Court pointed out that witnesses, as Bantham said, were the eyes and ears of justice. Hence the importance and primacy of the orality of the trial process. Eyewitnesses’ account would require a careful independent assessment and evaluation for their credibility, which should not be adversely prejudged making any other evidence, including medical evidence as the sole touchstone for the test of such credibility. The evidence must be tested for its inherent consistency and the inherent improbabilities.

Decision which Changed the Concept of Law on ‘Conclusive Presumption’

Nandlal Wasudeo Badwaik v. Lata Nandlal Badwaik, AIR 2014 SC 932, is a very important decision which changed the concept of law on ‘conclusive presumption’ on Sec. 112 which reads as under:

  • “112. Birth during marriage, conclusive proof of legitimacy. The fact that any person was born during the continuance of a valid marriage between his mother and any man, or within two hundred and eighty days after its dissolution, the mother remaining unmarried, shall be conclusive proof that he is the legitimate son of that man, unless it can be shown that the parties to the marriage had no access to each other at any time when he could have been begotten.”

It is held in Nandlal Wasudeo Badwaik case as under:

  • “17. We may remember that Section 112 of the Evidence Act was enacted at a time when the modern scientific advancement and DNA test were not even in contemplation of the Legislature. The result of DNA test is said to be scientifically accurate. Although Section 112 raises a presumption of conclusive proof on satisfaction of the conditions enumerated therein but the same is rebuttable. The presumption may afford legitimate means of arriving at an affirmative legal conclusion. While the truth or fact is known, in our opinion, there is no need or room for any presumption. Where there is evidence to the contrary, the presumption is rebuttable and must yield to proof. Interest of justice is best served by ascertaining the truth and the court should be furnished with the best available science and may not be left to bank upon presumptions, unless science has no answer to the facts in issue. In our opinion, when there is a conflict between a conclusive proof envisaged under law and a proof based on scientific advancement accepted by the world community to be correct, the latter must prevail over the former.”

Appreciation of Evidence of Experts
In practice, the investigating agencies and courts give very high importance to wound-certificates and post-mortem certificates. They are considered as an indispensable part in most criminal cases. Same is the case of evidence of Ballistic expert. Here also primacy is given to ocular evidence if it is found credible by the court, especially when the ocular evidence is supported by the wound certificate or post-motem report.

Post-Mortem Report is not a Substantive Evidence

Post-mortem Report or Wound Certificate is not a substantive evidence [Mohan Singh v. Emperor, AIR 1925 All. 413 (DB); State v. Rakshpal Singh, AIR 1953 All. 520; Ram Pratap v. State, 1967 All.W.R. (H.C.) 395; Ram Balak Singh v. State, AIR 1964 Pat. 62(DB); Mellor v. Walnesley, 1905, 2Ch. 164 (CA);Hadi Kisani v. State, AIR 1966 Orissa 21; Gofur Sheikh v. State, 1984 Cr.L.J. 559 (Cal); Bhanda Gorh v. State of Assam, 1984 Cr.L.J.217 (Gau); Jagdeo Singh v. State, 1979 Cr.L.J.236 (All);  K. Pratap Reddy v. State of A.P., 1985 Cr.L.J.1446].

Read Blogs:

Burden of Proof Not Relevant when “Both Sides had Adduced Evidence”

In Moran Mar Basselios Catholicos v. Thukalan Paulo Avira, AIR 1959 SC 31, the Constitution bench of the Supreme Court held as under:

  • The question of burden of proof at the end of the case when both the parties have adduced their evidence is not of very great importance and the Court has to come to a decision on a consideration of all the materials.

In Kalwa Devadattam v. Union of India,  (1964) 3 SCR 191, the Supreme Court held as under:

  • “The question of onus probandi is certainly important in the early stages of a case. It may also assume importance where no evidence at all is led on the question in dispute by either side; in such a contingency the party on whom the onus lies to prove a certain fact must fail. Where however evidence has been led by the contesting parties on the question in issue; abstract considerations of onus are out of place; truth or otherwise of the case must always be adjudged on the evidence led by the parties. ” 

In Arumugham v. Sundarambal, AIR 1999 SC 2216, it has been held as under:

  • “On the question of burden of proof we are of the view that even assuming burden of proof is relevant in the context of the amended provision of Sec. 100 C.P.C., the same would not be relevant when both sides had adduced evidence. It would be relevant only if a person on whom the burden of proof lay, failed to adduce any evidence altogether.”

The Supreme Court, in Anil Rishi v. Gurbaksh Singh, AIR 2006 SC 1971, referring Sec. 102 of the Evidence Act (The burden of proof in a suit or proceeding lies on that person who would fail if no evidence at all were given on either side), explained ‘burden of proof’ as under:

  • “Pleading is not evidence, far less proof. Issues are raised on the basis of the pleadings. The defendant-appellant having not admitted or acknowledged the fiduciary relationship between the parties, indisputably, the relationship between the parties itself would be an issue. The suit will fail if both the parties do not adduce any evidence, in view of Section 102 of the Evidence Act. Thus, ordinarily, the burden of proof would be on the party who asserts the affirmative of the issue and it rests, after evidence is gone into, upon the party against whom, at the time the question arises, judgment would be given, if no further evidence were to be adduced by either side.”

Burden of proof remains only Academic

In Raghunathi v. Raju Ramappa Shetty, AIR 1991 SC 1040, it is observed that it is a settled law that once the parties have been permitted to produce evidence in support of their respective cases and it is not their grievance that any evidence was shut out the question of burden of proof loses significance and remains only academic.

It is held by the Supreme Court in Thiruvengada Pillai v. Navaneethammal, AIR 2008 SC 1541, that when the execution of an unregistered document put forth by the plaintiff was denied by the defendants, it was for the plaintiffs to establish that the document was forged or concocted. It is observed that the party who asserts something has to prove that thing. It is pointed out that when the plaintiff had come to Court alleging that the first defendant had executed an agreement of sale in his favour and when the defendant denied it, the burden was on the plaintiff to prove that the defendant had executed the agreement, and not on the defendant to prove the negative.

Our Apex Court in National Insurance Company Limited v. Rattani, 2009-2 SCC 75: AIR 2009 SC 1499, it is observed as under:

  • “14. The question as to whether burden of proof has been discharged by a party to the lis or not would depend upon the facts and circumstances of the case. If the facts are admitted or, if otherwise, sufficient materials have been brought on record so as to enable a court to arrive at a definite conclusion, it is idle to contend that the party on whom the burden of proof lay would still be liable to produce direct evidence to establish that the deceased and the injured passengers were gratuitous passengers.” (See also: Mohd. Abdullah Azam Khan Vs. Nawab Kazim Ali Khan, 2022 (11 ) JT 214: 2022 (16 ) SCALE 689: 2023 KLT OnLine 1084 (SC), National Insurance Company Ltd.  v. Savitri Devi, 2013-11 SCC 554.)

Even if No Plea, Propounder has to clear Suspicion

In K. Laxmanan v. Thekkayil Padmini, AIR 2009 SC 951, the Apex Court held that when there were suspicious circumstances regarding the execution of a Will, the onus was on the propounder to explain them to the satisfaction of the Court; and only when such responsibility was discharged, the Court would accept the Will as genuine. It was further observed that even where there were no such pleas, but circumstances gave rise to doubt, it was on the propounder to satisfy the conscience of the Court. These decisions are followed in Joseph John Peter Sandy v. Veronica Thomas Rajkumar, AIR 2013 SC 2028. 

The Privy Council in Seturatnam v. Venkatachella, AIR 1920 PC 67, observed that where the parties have led all the evidence and relevant facts were before the court and all that remained for decision was what interference was to be drawn from them, the question of burden of proof was not important. In Chidambara v. Veerama, AIR 1922 PC 292, the Privy Council held that when entire evidence was once before the court, the debate as to onus of proof was purely academic. (See: Legal Heirs of Renushree Lahkar v. Pradip Kumar Lahkar, 2018-4 Gau LT 733).

See also:

  • Standard Chartered Bank v. Andhra Bank Financial Services Ltd., (2006) 6 SCC 94,
  • Union of India v. Sugauli Sugar Works (P) Ltd., (1976) 3 SCC 32,

Presumption on a Registered Document – “It is VALIDLY EXECUTED

  • Section 35 in the Registration Act, 1908 says that the Registrar allows registration of a document (i) if only he is satisfied as to the identity of the person who executes the document, and (ii) if the executant admits the execution of the document.
  • Presumptions can be invoked in view of the Sec. 58 and 59 Sec. 60 (certificate) of the Registration Act. The presumption of regularity of official acts in Illustration (e) of Section 114 of the Evidence is also attached to a registered deed.
  • In short, the certificate endorsed on a registered deed by the registering officer is a relevant piece of evidence for proving its execution – Piara v. Fatnu, AIR 1929 Lah 711.
  • Therefore, there is a presumption – registered document is validly executed –
    • Prem Singh v. Birbal, AIR 2006 SC 3608;
    • Abdul Rahim v. Abdul Zabar, AIR 2010 SC 211
    • Jamila Begum v. Shami Mohd., AIR 2019 SC 72;
    • Manik Majumder v. Dipak Kumar Saha, AIR  2023 SC 506.
  • A registered document carries with it a presumption that it was executed in accordance with law – Bellachi v. Pakeeran, AIR 2009 SC 3293.
  • The facts spelled out by the endorsements made under Sections 58 and 59 of the Registration Act may be presumed to be correct without formal proof thereof – Bhagat Ram v. Suresh, AIR 2004 SC 43.

Registered Deeds: Proof of CORRECTNESS drawn, Invoking Presumption

  • Besides the presumption on a registered document that it is validly executed, there is also a presumption that the “transaction is a genuine one” (Vimal Chand Ghevarchand Jain v. Ramakant Eknath Jajoo, 2009- 5 SCC 713; Jamila Begum v. Shami Mohd., AIR 2019 SC 72) .
  • And, there is a presumption of Correctness also (Majumder v. Dipak Kumar Saha, AIR 2023 SC 506, BV Nagaratna, J.). The onus of proof, therefore, would be on the person who questions the same.

Do Presumptions as to VALID EXECUTION CORRECTNESS Import TRUTH?

Two views emerge on registered documents-

  • First, Presumption as to VALID EXECUTION  & CORRECTNESS lead to further (invariable) presumption as to ‘truth’ of contents.
  • Second (and more cogent), under Sec. 114 of the Evidence Act, court may presume the existence of any fact. In most cases, the court will infer ‘truth’ if there is presumption as to VALID EXECUTION  & CORRECTNESS. But, in proper cases, the court can desist to deduce ‘truth’ despite presumption as to VALID EXECUTION  & CORRECTNESS.

In short, Presumptions as to VALID EXECUTION & CORRECTNESS may Import TRUTH. It may result:

  • 1. Shift Burden in Most cases. The party in whom the ‘burden of proof’ rests can rely on ‘registration certificate’ as proof and truth of the contents of the deed.
    • The certificate endorsed on a registered deed by the registering officer is a relevant piece of evidence for proving its execution – Piara v. Fatnu, AIR 1929 Lah 711.
  • It being presumed to be VALID & CORRECT, it further gives a presumption as to truth of the contents also, under Sec. 114 Evidence Act (regard being had to the common course of natural events, human conduct etc.) .
  • There being presumption as to ‘VALID EXECUTION  & CORRECTNESS’ and thereby presumption as to truth of the contents also, the onus of proof is shifted upon the party who challenges the presumption as to truth of the contents.
  • 2. No Question of Shifting Burden in certain cases. But, the above proposition is not an invariable rule. If it comes out from the pleadings, documents or issues that the burden is upon the person who produced the registered document to prove its truth, the presumed presumption will not help him.
    • For example – The executant of the registered deed would not have executed such a deed, in all probabilities (regard being had to the common course of natural events, human conduct etc.) as revealed from the pleadings or documents produced; or, its untrue nature can be (prima facie) ‘judicially noticed’.

PART II

Admissions in Civil Cases

Order 8 Rule 5 CPC governs this matter. It reads as under:

Rule 5. Specific denial.

  • (1) Every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied specifically or by necessary implication, or stated to be not admitted in the pleading of the defendant, shall be taken to be admitted except as against a person under disability:
  • Provided that the Court may in it discretion require any fact so admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admission.
  • FOR COMMERCIAL COURTS-
  • “Provided further that every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied in the manner provided under Rule 3A of this Order, shall be taken to be admitted except as against a person under disability.”
  • (2) Where the defendant has not filed a pleading, it shall be lawful for the Court to pronounce judgment on the basis of the facts contained in the plaint, except as against a person under a disability, but the Court may, in its discretion, require any such fact to be proved.
  • (3) In exercising its discretion under the proviso to sub-rule (1) or under sub-rule (2), the Court shall have due regard to the fact whether the defendant could have, or has, engaged a pleader. (4) Whenever a judgment is pronounced under this rule, a decree shall be drawn up in accordance with such judgment and such decree shall bear the date on which the judgment was pronounced.

Order 12 Rule 6 CPC governs this matter. It reads as under:

Rule 6. Judgment on admissions

  • (1) Where admissions of fact have been made either in the pleading or otherwise, whether orally or in writing, the Court may at any stage of the suit, either on the application of any party or of its own motion and without waiting for the determination of any other question between the parties, make such order or give such judgment as it may think fit, having regard to such admissions.
  • (2) Whenever a judgment is pronounced under sub-rule (1) a decree shall be drawn upon in accordance with the judgment and the decree shall bear the date on which the judgment was pronounced.

In R.K. Markan v. Rajiv Kumar Markan, 2003 AIHC 632 (Delhi), it was observed that the admissions for passing a decree on the basis of admission of the defendants in the pleadings should be –

  • equivocal and unqualified and
  • the admission in the written statement should also be taken as a whole and not in part.

Court Must Read Whole Evidence and not One Stray Admission

In Vadugu Chanti Babu v. State of A.P. (2002) 6 SCC 547 it is observed that a stray statement of the doctor in cross-examination will not be a conclusive opinion; but it is only a possibility. In a maintenance dispute under Sec. 125 Cr PC our Apex Court, in Saygo Bai Vs. Chueeru Bajrangi, AIR 2011 SC 1557, observed that the Court must read whole evidence and that one stray admission cannot be read in isolation with the other evidence. 

Court is not bound to grant Declaration on Admission if reason to Insist Proof

In Razia Begum v. Sahebzadi Anwar Begum, AIR 1958 SC 886, it was observed that the court is not bound to grant declaration prayed for on the mere admission of the claim by the defendant, if the court has reason to insist upon a clear proof apart from admissions.

  • See also : Uttam Singh Dugal and Co. Ltd. v. United Bank of India 2000 (4) RCR (Civil) 89;
  • M/s Puran Chand Packaging Industrial Pvt. Ltd. v. Smt. Sona Devi and another, 2009 (2) CCC 39.

Read Blog: Declaration and Injunction

Admission of Contents of Document in Pleadings

In Perumal Chettiar v. Kamakshi Ammal, AIR 1938 Mad 785, (1938) 2 MLJ 189, it is observed, as to pleadings, as under:

  • “The result, in India, is that if by reason of the document being unstamped, no evidence of its contents whether primary or secondary is admissible, evidence of admissions by the defendant is equally inadmissible. The position may be different where admissions are made in the pleadings themselves (cf. Huddleston v, Briscoe (1805) 11 Ves. 583 (596) : 32 E.R. 1215 (1220) and Thynne v. Protheroe (1814) 2 M. & S. 553 : 105 E.R. 488), because by reason of Section 58 of the Evidence Act, it may not be necessary to prove admitted facts and the objection under Section 91 will not arise unless the plaintiff is called upon to go into evidence. (Mallappa v. Mat an Naga Chetty (1918) 35 M.L.J. 555 : I.L.R. 42 Mad. 41 (F.B.))
  • This was the position in Pramatha Nath Sandal v. Dwarka Nath Dey (1896) I.L.R. 23 Cal. 851; cf. however Chenbasappa v. Lakshman Ramchandra (1893) I.L.R. 18 Bom. 369, where it was suggested that in a suit on an unstamped promissory note, even an admission in the written statement may not avail the plaintiff, as the Court when giving a decree on such admission may be “acting on” the document within the meaning of Section 35 of the Stamp Act; see also Ankur Chunder Roy Chowdhry v. Madhub Chunder Gkose (1873) 21 W.R. 1.”

Read Blogs:

Plaintiff has to Win Suit for Recovery on Title, on the Strength of his Title

In Vijay Pullarwar v. Shri Hanuman Deostan, (2019) 11 SCC 718, the suit for possession instituted by the plaintiffs trust on the basis of title, was found to be devoid of merits; for, there was no reference in the registration application of the public trust under the BPT Act, 1950 or in schedule I, where to record the properties of the public trust, that the suit property belonged to the trust. Our Apex Court held as under:

  • “Needless to observe that the plaintiffs/respondents were primarily obliged to establish their title in the suit house bearing No.878 in Circle No.3 where the Padukas of Saint Haridas Baba have been installed, as being the property of the plaintiff trust. The plaintiffs must succeed or fail on the title they establish; and if they fail to do so, they must fail to get the relief of possession irrespective of title of the defendant in the suit property (See: Brahma Nand Puri v. Naki Puri, (1965) 2 SCR 233 and Bajaranglal Shivchandrai Ruia v. Shashikant N. Ruia, (2004) 5 SCC 272).”

In Brahma Nand Puri v. Neki Puri, AIR 1965 SC 1506, the Apex Court held as under:

  • “The plaintiff’s suit being one for ejectment he has to succeed or fail on the file that he establishes and if he cannot succeed on the strength of his title his suit must fail notwithstanding that the defendant in possession has no title to the property… …”

Read blog: Recovery of Possession Based on Title and on Earlier Possession

Prosecution Must Stand on Its Own Legs; Not on Weakness of Defence

Prosecution must stand or fall on its own legs and it cannot derive any strength from the weakness of the defence (Sharad B. Sarda v. State of Maharashtra, (1984) 4 SCC 116; AIR 1984 SC 1622). The Apex Court also observed that though the suggestion made in the cross-examination was not evidence it certainly be called into aid to lend assurance to the prosecution case, particularly when other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.

EFFECT OF MARKING DOCUMENTS WITHOUT OBJECTION

Effect of marking a document without formal proof on admission (or without objection) is a subject of controversy.

First viewAdmission of contents & it dispenses with proof.  See: RVE Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami: AIR 2003  SC  4548; Narbada Devi  v. Birendra Kumar: (2003) 8 SCC 745; Dayamati Bai v. K.M. Shaffi : AIR 2004 SC 4082; Oriental Insurance Co v. Premlata:  (2007) 8 SCC 575; Thimmappa Rai v. Ramanna Rai,(2007) 14 SCC 63; Kalita Iqbal Basith v. N Subbalakshmi, (2021) 2 SCC 718.
Second ViewAdmission of contents – but, does not dispense with proof. See: Sait Tarajee Khimchand v. Yelamarti Satyam, AIR 1971 SC 1865; Nandkishore Lalbhai Mehta v. New Era Fabrics, AIR 2015 SC 3796.
Third viewIf truth is in issue, mere proof of contents, or marking without objection, is not proof of truth. See: Narbada Devi Gupta v. Birendra Kumar Jaiswal, 2003-8 SCC 745; Ramji Dayawala Vs. Invest Import: AIR 1981 SC 2085
Fourth viewAdmission of contents, dispenses with proof and truth; but its probative value will be a matter for appreciation by court. See: State of Bihar v. Radha Krishna Singh, AIR 1983 SC 684 (Admission and probative value – different); Rakesh Mohindra v. Anita Beri: 2015  AIR(SCW) 6271; Kaliya v. State of MP: 2013-10 SCC 758;  H. Siddiqui v. A. Ramalingam: AIR 2011 SC 1492;  Rasiklal Manikchand  v. MSS Food Products: 2012-2 SCC 196.
Fifth viewCourt should require (in proper cases) the party producing the document to adduce proper evidence as to execution, and to cure formal defects. See: Harkirat Singh v. Amrinder Singh, (2005) 13 SCC 511; Umesh Challiyil v. K.P. Rajendra, (2008) 11 SCC 740; KK Ramachandran Master v. MV Sreyamakumar, (2010) 7 SCC 428; AIR 2015 SC 3796.

Read Blog: Admission of Documents in Evidence on ‘Admission’

Suggestion or Admission in Cross-Examination –  Evidentiary Value

In Tarun Bora alias Alok Hazarika v. State of Assam, 2002-7 SCC 39; 2002 Cri. LJ 4076 (SC), the presence of the accused was admitted in a suggestion put to one of the witnesses. Considering the reply of the witness the court arrived at the conclusion that the presence of the accused was admitted. (Referred to in: Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736.)

In Rakesh Kumar alias Babli v. State of Haryana, 1987-2 SCC 34, a suggestion was put by the defence to the witness with regard to the colour of the shirt worn by one of the accused persons at the time of the incident. The Apex Court considering the suggestion and the reply arrived at the conclusion that the presence of the accused was established on the spot at the time of occurrence. (Referred to in: Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra, AIR 2023 SC 1736.)

In Balu Sudam Khalde v. The State of Maharashtra (Sudhanshu Dhulia, J.B. Pardiwala), AIR 2023 SC 1736, it is held as under:

  • 38. Thus, from the above it is evident that the suggestion made by the defence counsel to a witness in the cross-examination if found to be incriminating in nature in any manner would definitely bind the accused and the accused cannot get away on the plea that his counsel had no implied authority to make suggestions in the nature of admissions against his client.
  • 39. Any concession or admission of a fact by a defence counsel would definitely be binding on his client, except the concession on the point of law. As a legal proposition we cannot agree with the submission canvassed on behalf of the appellants that an answer by a witness to a suggestion made by the defence counsel in the cross- examination does not deserve any value or utility if it incriminates the accused in any manner.
  • 40. It is a cardinal principle of criminal jurisprudence that the initial burden to establish the case against the accused beyond reasonable doubt rests on the prosecution. It is also an elementary principle of law that the prosecution has to prove its case on its own legs and cannot derive advantage or benefit from the weakness of the defence. We are not suggesting for a moment that if prosecution is unable to prove its case on its own legs then the Court can still convict an accused on the strength of the evidence in the form of reply to the suggestions made by the defence counsel to a witness. Take for instance, in the present case we have reached to the conclusion that the evidence of the three eyewitnesses inspires confidence and there is nothing in their evidence on the basis of which it could be said that they are unreliable witnesses. Having reached to such a conclusion, in our opinion, to fortify our view we can definitely look into the suggestions made by the defence counsel to the eyewitnesses, the reply to those establishing the presence of the accused persons as well as the eyewitnesses in the night hours. To put it in other words, suggestions by itself are not sufficient to hold the accused guilty if they are incriminating in any manner or are in the form of admission in the absence of any other reliable evidence on record. It is true that a suggestion has no evidentiary value but this proposition of law would not hold good at all times and in a given case during the course of cross-examination the defence counsel may put such a suggestion the answer to which may directly go against the accused and this is exactly what has happened in the present case.
  • 41. The principle of law that in a criminal case, a lawyer has no implied authority to make admissions against his client during the progress of the trial would hold good only in cases where dispensation of proof by the prosecution is not permissible in law. For example, it is obligatory on the part of the prosecution to prove the post mortem report by examining the doctor. The accused cannot admit the contents of the post mortem report thereby absolving the prosecution from its duty to prove the contents of the same in accordance with law by examining the doctor. This is so because if the evidence per se is inadmissible in law then a defence counsel has no authority to make it admissible with his consent.
  • 42. Therefore, we are of the opinion that suggestions made to the witness by the defence counsel and the reply to such suggestions would definitely form part of the evidence and can be relied upon by the Court along with other evidence on record to determine the guilt of the accused.”
  • 43. The main object of cross-examination is to find out the truth on record and to help the Court in knowing the truth of the case. It is a matter of common experience that many a times the defence lawyers themselves get the discrepancies clarified arising during the cross-examination in one paragraph and getting themselves contradicted in the other paragraph. The line of cross-examination is always on the basis of the defence which the counsel would keep in mind to defend the accused. At this stage, we may quote with profit the observations made by a Division Bench of the Madhya Pradesh High Court in the case of Govind s/o Soneram v. State of M.P. reported in 2005 Cri.LJ 1244. The Bench observed in paragraph 27 as under:
    • “27. The main object of cross-examination is to find out the truth and detection of falsehood in human testimony. It is designed either to destroy or weaken the force of evidence a witness has already given in person or elicit something in favour of the party which he has not stated or to discredit him by showing from his past history and present demeanour that he is unworthy of credit. It should be remembered that cross- examination is a duty, a lawyer owes to his clients and is not a matter of great personal glory and fame. It should always be remembered that justice must not be defeated by improper cross-examination. A lawyer owes a duty to himself that it is the most difficult art. However, he may fail in the result but fairness is one of the great elements of advocacy. Talents and genius are not aimed at self-glorification but it should be to establish truth, to detect falsehood, to uphold right and just and to expose wrongdoings of a dishonest witness. It is the most efficacious test to discover the truth. Cross-examination exposes bias, detects falsehood and shows mental and moral condition of the witnesses and whether a witness is actuated by proper motive or whether he is actuated by enmity towards his adversaries. Cross-examination is commonly esteemed the severest test of an advocate’s skill and perhaps it demands beyond any other of his duties exercise of his ingenuity. There is a great difficulty in conducting cross-examination with creditable skill. It is undoubtedly a great intellectual effort. Sometimes cross-examination assumes unnecessary length, the Court has power to control the cross- examination in such cases. (See Wrottescey on cross-examination of witnesses). The Court must also ensure that cross-examination is not made a means of harassment or causing humiliation to the victim of crime [See State of Punjab v. Gurmit Singh, 1996 SCC (Cri) 316].”
  • 44. During the course of cross-examination with a view to discredit the witness or to establish the defence on preponderance of probabilities suggestions are hurled on the witness but if such suggestions, the answer to those incriminate the accused in any manner then the same would definitely be binding and could be taken into consideration along with other evidence on record in support of the same.
  • 45. However, it would all depend upon the nature of the suggestions and with what idea in mind such suggestions are made to the witness. Take for instance in case of a charge of rape under Section 376 of the Indian Penal Code, the statement of the accused contained plain denial and a plea of false implication, a subsequent suggestion by the defence lawyer to the prosecutrix about consent on her part would not, by itself, amount to admission of guilt on behalf of the accused. In cases of rape, it is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence. In such type of cases a suggestion thrown by the defence counsel to a prosecution witness would not amount to an admission on the part of the accused. At the same time, if the defence in the cross examination of the prosecutrix, with a view to support their alternative case of consent procure answers to the questions in the form of suggestions implicating the accused for the offence of rape then such suggestions would definitely lend assurance to the prosecution case and the Court would be well justified in considering the same. We may give one more example of a case where the accused would plead right of a private defence. Such a defence is always available to the accused but although if such a defence is not taken specifically during the course of trial yet if the evidence on record suggests that the accused had inflicted injuries on the deceased in exercise of his right of private defence then the Court can definitely take into consideration such defence in determining the guilt of the accused. However, if a specific question is put to a witness by way of a suggestion indicative of exercise of right of private defence then the Court would well be justified in taking into consideration such suggestion and if the presence of the accused is established the same would definitely be admissible in evidence.”

In Mahavir v. State of Uttar Pradesh, 2017-3 All Cri R 2407, it is held as under:

  • “35. The main object of cross-examination is to bring out falsity and to find out the truth. Cross-examination is an art. It would help the Court to assess the relative merits of the case projected by the parties. Matter of cross-examination is not a mere empty formality, but one is required to put its own case in cross-examination, otherwise deposition of the witness has to be taken as unchallenged. The matter has been considered in a number of decisions that it is the duty to put ones own version to opponent in cross-examination, otherwise deposition of the witness cannot be discredited as was held in Maroti Bansi Teli v. Radhabai, AIR 1945 Nag 60: 1944 NLJ 492. In Chunni Lal Dwarka Nath v. Hartford Fire Insurance Co.Ltd., AIR 1958 Punj 440 it has been held as under:
  • ” It is well established rule of evidence that a party should put to each of his opponent’s witnesses so much of his case as concerns that particular witness. If no such questions are put, the Courts presume that the witness’s account has been accepted. If it is intended to suggest that a witness was not speaking the truth upon a particular point, his attention must first be directed to the fact by cross-examination so that he may have an opportunity of giving an explanation.”
  • 36. The suggestion made in cross-examination form part of the evidence on record. Those suggestion can be taken into consideration while determining whether the reply given was believable or not. Though suggestion in cross-examination which is denied by the witness, is not evidence at all. Any suggestion made in the cross-examination of the prosecution witness by the defence, can not be used as an evidence against the accused but at the same time it can be called in aid when the other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.
  • 37. Though the suggestion made in the cross-examination is not evidence but certainly the same may be called into aid to lend assurance to the prosecution case particularly when other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.
  • In Mehra v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1957 SC 369 Yusuf Ali v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1968 SC 147 it was held that when the accused did not suggest to prosecution witnesses in cross-examination indicating his defence, it was held that the defence version may be rejected as an afterthought.”

It is Permissible to take more than one defence in cases of rape

In Tarjubhai Narsingbhai Rathwa v.  State of Gujarat, (J.B.Pardiwala, J.) 2014-1 GLH 781, 2014-2 GLR 943, 2014-36 GHJ 282, 2014-6 RCR(Cri) 297, though it is observed that it is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence in cases of rape, it is further pointedout as under:

  • “33. Any concession or admission of a fact by a defence counsel would definitely be binding on his client, except the concession on the point of law. As a legal proposition we cannot agree with the views expressed by Their Lordships of this Court in Koli Trikam Jivraj v. The State of Gujarat,  1969 CrLJ  409, that an answer by a witness to a suggestion made by the defence counsel in the cross-examination does not deserve any value or utility if it incriminates the accused in any manner. At the same time, we are also unable to agree with the views expressed by Their Lordships of this Court that a statement of an accused recorded under Section 313 of the Criminal Procedure Code does not deserve any value of utility if it contains inculpatory admissions.”

It is also held as under:

  • “43. … At the same time, if the defence in the cross- examination of the prosecutrix, with a view to support their alternative case of consent procure answers to the questions in the form of suggestions implicating the accused for the offence of rape then such suggestions would definitely lend assurance to the prosecution case and the Court would be well justified in considering the same.”

A Contra view is taken in Koli Trikam Jivraj v. The State of Gujrat, AIR 1969 Guj 69.

Claim of Lease by Witness; Inordinate Delay in Producing Lease Deed – Effect

Somnath Barman v. Dr. SP Raju AIR 1970 SC 846, 1969-3 SCC 129 (KS Hegde & JC Shah, JJ.), can be safely considered to see how evidence on adverse possession is appreciated by the Supreme Court of India. In this case the plaintiff claimed title on a document. The defendants pleaded adverse possession. According to them the second defendant had sold the property to the 1st defendant 3 years before the suit. Therefore, to establish the claim of title by adverse possession (for the period of 12 years), the fact that the second defendant was in possession of the suit property for a period of over nine years before he sold the same to the first defendant should have been proved. The Supreme Court found that the defendants failed to establish adverse possession observing the following:

  • “Though the second defendant filed a -written statement supporting the case of the 1st defendant and though he was present at the time of hearing several occasions, he was not examined as a witness in this case to support the plea of adverse possession put forward by the defendants. No explanation is forthcoming for his non- examination. This circumstance goes a long way to discredit the defendant’s plea of adverse possession. The 1st defendant’s evidence as regards adverse possession is of very little significance as his knowledge of the suit property prior to the date he purchased the same is very little. The only other evidence relied on in support of the plea of adverse possession is that of D.W.2, Shambhu Prashad who claims to have taken the suit property on lease from the second defendant. The lease deed said to have been executed by him is marked as Exh.D-1. It is not explained how the 1st defendant came into possession of Exh.D-l. Though the suit was filed as far back as 1949, Exh.D-1 was produced into court for the first time in the year 1960. No explanation has been given for this inordinate delay in producing Exh.D-1, (an unregistered document) in court. According to D.W.2, the 1st defendant knew about this document as far back as 1950. Under these circumstances, the High Court was fully justified in rejecting the testimony of D.W.2 and not relying on Exh.D-l.”

PART III

Suggestions in Cross Examination to Witnesses

General principles-

  • Mere suggestions in cross examination (not accepted by witness) are no evidence.
  • In criminal trials suggestions are given in cross examination for no ‘pleadings’ as in civil cases.
  • In a civil trial it is not required to put its case to the witness as pleadings already exists.

In Khimjibhai Kurjibhai  v. The State of Gujarat, 1982 CrLR (Guj), it is held that the suggestion in cross examination are no evidence.

The Delhi High Court held in Sher Mohammad v. Mohan Magotra (Rajiv Sahai Endlaw, J.) 2013 SCC OnLine Del 2530, as under:

  • “The practice of giving suggestions in cross examination to witnesses is of criminal trials where there are no pleadings and the defence is built up by giving such suggestions. … The purport of cross examination is to challenge the testimony and/or to falsify the witness or his credit worthiness and not to give suggestions to the effect that each and every deposition in examination-in-chief is false. Similarly, a party in a civil trial is not required to in cross examination put its case to the witness as the same as aforesaid already exists in the pleadings.”

Suggestions (in Cross Exam) BY ITSELF – Not Sufficient to Hold Accused Guilty

In Balu Sudam Khalde v. State of Maharashtra, 2023 SCC OnLine SC 355, our Apex Court held that  if the prosecution failed to prove its case, then it could not take advantage from the weakness of the defence, and it cannot base its case on the reply of the witnesses given to the suggestions of the defence counsel. It held as under:

  • “Suggestions by itself are not sufficient to hold the accused guilty if they are incriminating in any manner or are in the form of admission in the absence of any other reliable evidence on record.”

Effect of “No Effective Cross-Examination”

Our Apex Court considered the effect of “no effective cross-examination” with respect to factum of execution of sale deed spoken to by a witness, in Muddasani Venkata Narsaiah v. Muddasani Sarojana, AIR 2016 SC 2250 (Followed in: Arvind Singh v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 2020 SC 2451, 2021-11 SCC 1). It was held in this decision –

  • Cross-examination is a matter of substance, not of procedure one.
  • A party is required to put his own version in cross-examination of opponent.
  • The effect of non cross-examination is that the statement of witness has not been disputed.
  • Court may repel a submission – on the ground that same was not put either to the witnesses, or suggested before the courts below (referred to: Bhoju Mandal v. Debnath Bhagat, AIR 1963 SC 1906).
  • If no such questions are put, the court would presume that the witness account has been accepted (referred: M/s. Chuni Lal Dwarka Nath v. Hartford Fire Insurance Co. Ltd., AIR 1958 Punjab 440.)
  • In Maroti Bansi Teli v. Radhabai w/o Tukaram Kunbi & Ors. AIR 1945 Nagpur 60, it has been laid down that the matters sworn to by one party in the pleadings not challenged either in pleadings or cross-examination by other party must be accepted as fully established.
  • The High Court of Calcutta in A.E.G. Carapiet v. A.Y. Derderian AIR 1961 Cal. 359 has laid down that the party is obliged to put his case in cross-examination of witnesses of opposite party.
  • The rule of putting one’s version in cross-examination is one of essential justice and not merely technical one.
  • In Kuwarlal Amritlal v. Rekhlal Koduram, AIR 1950 Nagpur 83, has laid down that when attestation is not specifically challenged and witness is not cross-examined regarding details of attestation, it is sufficient for him to say that the document was attested.
  • If the other side wants to challenge that statement, it is their duty, quite apart from raising it in the pleadings, to cross-examine the witness along those lines.
  • In Karnidan Sarda v. Sailaja Kanta Mitra, AIR 1940 Patna 683, has laid down that it must be assumed that when the witnesses were not tested in that way, their evidence is to be ordinarily accepted.

Effect of Not Cross-Examining a Witness on a Point

The effect of not cross-examining a witness on a particular point has been considered by the Supreme Court, in Laxmibai v. Bhagwantbuva, AIR 2013 SC 1204. It is observed as under:

  • “31. Furthermore, there cannot be any dispute with respect to the settled legal proposition, that if a party wishes to raise any doubt as regards the correctness of the statement of a witness, the said witness must be given an opportunity to explain his statement by drawing his attention to that part of it, which has been objected to by the other party, as being untrue. Without this, it is not possible to impeach his credibility. Such a law has been advanced in view of the statutory provisions enshrined in Sec. 138 of the Evidence Act, 1872, which enable the opposite party to cross-examine a witness as regards information tendered in evidence by him during his initial examination in chief, and the scope of this provision stands enlarged by Sec. 146 of the Evidence Act, which permits a witness to be questioned, inter-alia, in order to test his veracity. Thereafter, the unchallenged part of his evidence is to be relied upon, for the reason that it is impossible for the witness to explain or elaborate upon any doubts as regards the same, in the absence of questions put to him with respect to the circumstances which indicate that the version of events provided by him, is not fit to be believed, and the witness himself, is unworthy of credit. Thus, if a party intends to impeach a witness, he must provide adequate opportunity to the witness in the witness box, to give a full and proper explanation. The same is essential to ensure fair play and fairness in dealing with witnesses.”

Effect of NOT Challenging Validity of a deed in Cross Examination

When a deed is duly proved in the trial by the evidence of a witness, and the legality or validity of the same is not challenged in the cross examination, the court will act upon the deed as a legal and valid one (Atluri Brahmanandam v. Anne Sai Bapuji,  2013-4 SCC 97 : AIR 2013 SC 1204).

Value of evidence of witness untested (for death) by cross-examination

Andhra High Court (SB Sinha, CJ, as he then was) in Somagutta Sivasankara Reddy v. Palapandla Chinna Gangappa, 2002 Supp1 ALD 600, 2002-1 Andh WR 475, held that the evidence of a person who had died after examination in chief and could not be cross-examined, the weight or probative value of his evidence would vary from case to case and in a given case it could be disregarded.

In Anamika Pranav v. Anil Kumar Choudhary, 8 Feb, 2023, Patna High Court (Sunil Dutta Mishra, J.), it was held that the evidence of a witness untested by cross-examination can have no value but the evidence cannot be rejected as inadmissible. It is held as under:

  • “The correct rule is that the evidence is admissible but the weight to be attached to such evidence should depend on the circumstances of each case and that though in some cases the Court may act upon it, if there is other evidence on record, its probative value may be very small and may even be disregarded. The Court should look at the evidence carefully to see whether there are indications that by a complete cross-examination the testimony of the witness was likely to be seriously shaken or his good faith to be successfully impeached. If the evidence is inadmissible the Court is not entitled to consider it at all whereas if it admissible the Court must decide on the circumstances of each case whether any weight should be attached to it or not.”

The Single Judge followed the following decisions:

  • Mt. Horil Kuer v. Rajab Ali, AIR 1936 Pat 34
  • Srikishun Jhunjhunwalla v. Emperor, AIR 1946 Pat 384
  • Ahmad Ali v. Joti Prasad,AIR 1944 All. 188
  • Srikumar Mukherjee v. Avijit Mukherjee, 2015 SCC Online Cal. 6445.

In Dever Park Builders Pvt. Ltd. v.  Smt. Madhuri Jalan, AIR 2003 Cal 55, the witness was partly cross examined. It is held as under:

  • “19. …. I find here a portion of the examination-in-chief has been cross-examined and such portion in my view should be absolutely admissible in evidence and be considered without any hesitation by the learned Judge at the time of hearing and deciding of the suit. Cross-examination is essentially needed to bring out the truth of the oral testimony, but in case of documentary evidence where there is no suggestion or pleading as to fraud and forgery the cross-examination hardly matters.
  • 20. Therefore, I am unable to accept the argument of Mr. Dutt that the evidence of the deceased defendant shall be expunged and/or rejected altogether. It shall be considered and how much weight shall be attached should be decided considering the other facts and circumstances surrounding it. So the earlier order passed by me expunging the evidence of deceased defendant is recalled and the document and evidence already received in commission shall now be admitted as records of this case. Parties would be at liberty to use any of the exhibited documents.”

It is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence

It is an accepted principle that it is permissible for the accused to take more than one defence in a criminal. In such type of cases a suggestion thrown by the defence counsel to a prosecution witness (especially when it is not admitted by the witness) would not amount to an admission on the part of the accused.

But, it may not be the same result, in civil cases.

Suggestion or Admission in Cross-Examination –  Evidentiary Value

Mahavir v. State of Uttar Pradesh, 2017-3 All Cri R 2407, it is held as under:

  • “35. The main object of cross-examination is to bring out falsity and to find out the truth. Cross-examination is an art. It would help the Court to assess the relative merits of the case projected by the parties. Matter of cross-examination is not a mere empty formality, but one is required to put its own case in cross-examination, otherwise deposition of the witness has to be taken as unchallenged. The matter has been considered in a number of decisions that it is the duty to put ones own version to opponent in cross-examination, otherwise deposition of the witness cannot be discredited as was held in Maroti Bansi Teli v. Radhabai, AIR 1945 Nag 60: 1944 NLJ 492. In Chunni Lal Dwarka Nath v. Hartford Fire Insurance Co.Ltd., AIR 1958 Punj 440 it has been held as under:
  • ” It is well established rule of evidence that a party should put to each of his opponent’s witnesses so much of his case as concerns that particular witness. If no such questions are put, the Courts presume that the witness’s account has been accepted. If it is intended to suggest that a witness was not speaking the truth upon a particular point, his attention must first be directed to the fact by cross-examination so that he may have an opportunity of giving an explanation.”
  • 36. The suggestion made in cross-examination form part of the evidence on record. Those suggestion can be taken into consideration while determining whether the reply given was believable or not. Though suggestion in cross-examination which is denied by the witness, is not evidence at all. Any suggestion made in the cross-examination of the prosecution witness by the defence, can not be used as an evidence against the accused but at the same time it can be called in aid when the other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.
  • 37. Though the suggestion made in the cross-examination is not evidence but certainly the same may be called into aid to lend assurance to the prosecution case particularly when other evidence establishes the guilt of the accused.
  • In Mehra v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1957 SC 369 Yusuf Ali v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1968 SC 147 it was held that when the accused did not suggest to prosecution witnesses in cross-examination indicating his defence, it was held that the defence version may be rejected as an afterthought.”

The Kerala High Court, in A. K. Ali v. C. H. Mammuty, 1989 CrLJ 1820, opined that a suggestion made in the cross examination of witnesses though not binding on the accused as admissions, those suggestions in cross examination and statements of the accused given when questioned under S.313 could be taken into account for ascertaining the bona fides of the contentions.   

Referring Jesu Asir Singh v. State, (2007) 12 SCC 19 : AIR 2007 SC 3015, it is held in Muneem Ahmad v. State of U. P.,  2017-171 AIC 895, 2017-98 All CriC 405, that the question put in the cross-examination to a great extent probabilise the prosecution version; and that, though questions put in cross-examination are not always determinative in finding an accused guilty, they are certainly relevant.

Value of a Sec. 313 Statement

In Tarjubhai Narsingbhai Rathwa v.  State of Gujarat, (J.B. Pardiwala, J.) 2014-1 GLH 781, 2014-2 GLR 943, it is observed as to Sec. 313 Statement as under:

  • 34. So far as the value of a statement made by an accused recorded under Section 313 of the Criminal Procedure Code is concerned we should look into with profit the observations made by a three Judge Bench decision of the Supreme Court in the case of State of U.P. v. Lakhmi reported in AIR 1998 SC 1007. The Supreme Court made the following observations which, in our opinion, fortifies the view we propose to take on the issue.
  • “7. As a legal proposition we cannot agree with the High Court that statement of an accused recorded under Section 313 of the Code does not deserve any value of utility if it contains inculpatory admissions. The need of law for examining the accused with reference to incriminating circumstances appearing against him in prosecution evidence is not for observance of a ritual in a trial, nor is it a mere formality. It has a salutary purpose. It enables the Court to be apprised of what the indicated persons has to say about the circumstances pitted against him by the prosecution. Answers to the questions may sometimes be flat denial or outright repudiation of those circumstances. In certain cases accused would offer some explanations to incriminating circumstances. In very rare instances accused may even admit or own incriminating circumstances adduced against him, perhaps for the purpose of adopting legally recognized defences. In all such cases the Court gets the advantage of knowing his version about those aspects and it helps the Court to effectively appreciate and evaluate the evidence in the case. If an accused admits any incriminating circumstances appearing in evidence against him there is no warrant that those admissions should altogether be ignored merely on the ground that such admissions were advanced as a defence strategy.8. Sub -Section (4) of Section 313 of the Code contains necessary support to the legal position that answers given by the accused during such examination are intended to be considered by the Court. The words “may be taken into consideration in such enquiry or trial” in sub -Section (4) would amount to a legislative guideline for the Court to give due weight to such answers, though it does not mean that such answers could be made the sole basis of any finding.
  • 9. Time and again, this Court has pointed out that such answers of the accused can well be taken into consideration in deciding whether the prosecution evidence can be relied on, and whether the accused is liable to be convicted of the offence charged against him; vide : Sampath Singh v. State of Rajasthan, (1969) 1 SCC 367 : (AIR 1969 SC 956); Jethamal Pithaji v. Assistant Collector of Customs, Bombay, (1974) 3 SCC 393 : (AIR 1974 SC 699); Rattan Singh v. State of Himachal Pradesh, (1997) 4 SCC 161 : (1997 AIR SCW 587).10. We make it clear that answers of the accused, when they contain admission of circumstances against him are not by themselves, delinked from the evidence, be used for arriving at a finding that the accused had committed the offence.”
  • 34.1 Considering the aforesaid principles explained by the Supreme Court, it could necessarily be inferred that a suggestion made to a witness and the answer to the same would form part of the evidence on record. Those suggestions can be taken into consideration while determining whether the reply given was believable or not.

PART IV

Interpretation of Documents – as provided under Evidence Act

Produce Document itself

  • (i)  Oral admissions as to contents of documents are not relevant (Sec. 22); The law requires production of Document itself (Sec. 91); . 

No oral evidence can be given –

  • (ii) for varying, adding to, etc. its terms (S. 92).
  • (iii) to explain a document, on its face, ambiguous (S. 93).
  • (iv) to show a plain document not meant to apply such facts (S. 94).

Evidence can be given when –

  • (v) language of a document, plain in itself, but it is unmeaning in reference to existing facts – evidence may be given to show that it was used in a peculiar sense (S. 95).
  • (vi) language used – meant to apply to more – evidence may be given to show which of those persons or things was intended (S. 96).
  • (vii) language used – applies partly to one set facts and partly to another set – evidence may be given to show which of the two sets (S. 97).
  • (viii) language used – applies partly to one set facts and partly to another set – evidence may be given to show which of the two sets  (S. 97).
  • (ix) Evidence can be given to show meaning of illegible or technical words -used in a peculiar sense (S. 98).

Interpretation of Will – Provisions of Law

  • (i) Sec. 91 to 99 of the Evidence Act do not affect construction of wills (S. 100).
  • (ii) Sec. 74 of the Indian Succession Act, 1925, contains the armchair rule. It conveys – intention of the testator is important.

Read Blogs:

Primary rule of construction in Evidence Act

The Supreme Court, in Delhi Development Authority v. Durga Chand, AIR 1973 SC 2609,  has noticed Odgers Rules, in “Construction of Deeds and Statutes”, and quoted the First General Rule of Interpretation which reads as under:

  • “The meaning of the document or of a particular part of it is therefore to be sought for in the document itself”.

Give effect to words used, and Not to the presumed intention

Our Apex Court, in Delhi Development Authority v. Durga Chand, AIR 1973 SC 2609, further pointed out that ‘the primary rule of construction to which Sections 90 to 94 of the Indian Evidence Act give statutory recognition and effect’ and with certain exceptions contained in Sections 95 to 98 of the Act, “the document” means “the document” ‘read as a whole and not piecemeal’. Then the Apex Court observed as under:

  • “The rule stated above follows logically, from the Literal Rule of Construction which, unless its application produces absurd results must be resorted to first. This is clear from the following passages cited in Odgers’ short book under the First Rule of Interpretation set out above: Lord Wensleydale in Monypenny v. Monypenny(1) said: “the question is not what the parties to a deed may have intended to do by entering into that deed, but what is the meaning of the words used in that deed: a most important distinction in all cases of construction and the disregards of which often leads to erroneous conclusions.”
  • Brett, L.J., in Re Meredith, Chick ([1879] 11 Ch. D. 731) observed: “I am disposed to follow the rule of construction which was laid down by Lord Denman and Baron Parke… They said that in construing instruments you must have, regard not to the presumed intention of the parties, but to the meaning of the words which they have used.”

Mere Suggestions (not accepted by witness) in Cross Exam – No Evidence

The Gujarat High Court held in Umedmiya R. Rathod v. State of Gujarat (J.B. Pardiwala, J.), AIR 2017(NOC) Guj 1146 (Guj), as under:

  • “It is a settled position of law that mere suggestions are not sufficient to dislodge or disprove the case of the plaintiff. Suggestions in cross examination have no evidentiary value. In absence of any evidence, nor any material traced in the cross-examination in support thereof, the findings so far could not have been answered in the affirmative by the Trial Court as well as by this Court in the First Appeal.”

Bibhuti Bhusan Roy v. State of West Bengal,  2019 CrLJ 1140, held that mere suggestion in cross-examination unsupported by defence evidence has no evidentiary value.

Earlier words of deed, or main purpose accepted (rejecting uncertain words)

It is further laid down in Delhi Development Authority v. Durga Chand, AIR 1973 SC 2609, as under:

  • “Assuming, however, that there is some conflict between an earlier part of the deed containing a demise of land clearly for a period of 90 years on an annual rent of Rs. 365, and the proviso of covenant No. 9, annexed to the demise, in a later part of the deed, which cannot be resolved without discarding or disregarding some word or words, the respondent’s counsel contended that the earlier words of demise, consistently supported by the contents of other parts of the deed, should prevail over the inconsistency found in the proviso to one of the conditions in the later part of the deed. He relied for this proposition on: Sahebzada Mohd. Kamgar Shah v. Jagdish Chandra Rao Dhabel Deo  ([1960] 3 SCR 604); Ramkishore Lal v. Kamal Narian ([1963] Supp. 2 SCR v. 417); Forbes v. Git ([1922] 1 AC 256).
  • We think that the proviso to covenant No. 9 could be said to suffer from the vice of an uncertainty which can only be removed by ignoring the words creating this uncertainty. We think that, in such a case, the ambiguous words can be disregarded so that the terms of the earlier operative part of the demise, which are clear, must prevail. Learned Counsel for the respondent also relied on the following passsage from Glyn and Ors. v. Margetson & Co.([1893] A. C. p. 351) in the judgment of Lords Halsbury :
  • “Looking at the whole of the instrument, and seeing that one must regard, for a reason which I will give in a moment, as its main purpose, one must reject words, indeed whole provisions, if they are inconsistent with what one assumes to be the main purpose of the contract.“

Gant to be construed in favour of the grantee

In Smt. Bina Das Gupta and Others v. Sachindra Mohan Das Gunta, AIR 1968 SC 39, the following statement of law in Stavill Eros., Ltd. v. Bethell ([1902]-2 Ch. 523) , by Sterling L.J., was cited with approval (as observed in Delhi Development Authority v. Durga Chand, AIR 1973 SC 2609) –

  • “It is a settled rule of construction that where there is a grant and an exception out of it, the exception is to be taken as inserted for the benefit of the garntor and to be construed in favour of the grantee. If then the grant be clear, but the exception be so framed as to be, bad for uncertainty, it appears to us that on this principle the grant is operative and the exception fails.”

Read Blogs:

The construction which give effect to all the clauses be adopted

It is further observed in Delhi Development Authority v. Durga Chand, AIR 1973 SC 2609, as under:

  • Another rule which seems to us to be applicable here was thus stated by this Court in Radha Sunder Dutta v. Mohd. Jahadur Rahim (AI R 1959 SC 24): “Now, it is a settled rule of interpretation that if there be admissible two constructions of a document, one of which will give effect to all the clauses therein while the other will render one or more of them nugatory, it is the former that should be adopted on the principle expressed in the maxim ut res magis valeat quam pereat”

In P. Madhusudhan Rao v.  Lt. Col. Ravi Manan, 2015-4 ALD 409, after referring the Supreme Court decision, in Delhi Development Authority v. Durga Chand, AIR 1973 SC 2609, it is observed as under:

  • “As the observation of the Supreme Court (Delhi Development Authority v. Durga Chand) have the force of law of the land, it may be taken Odgers Rules (known as golden rules of interpretation) have been judicially recognized and may be adopted as Rules for interpretation of the documents in India.
  • These Rules are listed hereunder:
  • 1. The meaning of the document or of a particular part of it is therefore to be sought for in the document itself.
  • 2. The intention may prevail over the words used
  • 3. words are to be taken in their literal meaning
  • 4. literal meaning depends on the circumstances of the parties
  • 5. When is extrinsic evidence admissible to translate the language?
  • 6. Technical legal terms will have their legal meaning.
  • 7. Therefore the deed is to be construed as a whole.

Apart from the said seven rules listed by Odger, it would be convenient to list the following rules for the sake of convenience are called additional rules and given number in continuation:

  • 8. Same words to be given the same meaning in the same contract.
  • 9. Harmonious construction must be placed on the contract as far as possible. However, in case of conflict between earlier or later clauses in a contract, later clauses are to be preferred to the earlier; while in a will, earlier clause is to be preferred to the later.
  • 10. Contra Proferendum Rule- If two interpretations are possible, the one favourable to the party who has drafted the contract and the other against him, the interpretation against that party has to be preferred.
  • 11. If two interpretation of a contract are possible the one which helps to make the contract operative to be preferred to the other which tends to make it inoperative
  • 12. In case of conflict between printed clauses and typed clauses, type clauses are to be preferred. Similarly, in conflict between printed and hand written clauses, hand written clauses are to be preferred and in the event of conflict between typed and hand written clauses, the hand written calluses are to be preferred
  • 13. the special will exclude the general
  • 14. Rule of expression unius est exclusion alterius
  • 15. Rule of noscitur a sociis
  • 16. Ejusdem generis rule will apply both the contract and statute
  • 17. place of Punctuation in interpretation of documents”.

Ejusdem Generis & Noscitur a Sociis

Ejusdem Generis is the principle of interpretation of applying meaning to a doubtful word or words taken from the associated words. Usually this principle is applied when doubts are arisen whether the word or words fall within the general words like – other articles, etc., such things, similar acts, etc.

The ejusdem generis is explained in Halsbury’s Laws of England as under:

  • “As a rule, where in a statute there are general words following particular and specific words, the general words must be confined to things of the same kind as those specified, although this, as a rule of construction; must be applied with caution, and subject to the primary rule that statutes are to be construed in accordance with the intention of Parliament. For the ejusdem rule to apply, the specific words must constitute a category, class or genus; if they do constitute such a category, class or genus, then only things which belong to that category, class or genus fall within the general words.”

Our Apex Court, in DN Singh v. Commissioner of Income Tax (2023), the question came for consideration was whether ‘bitumen’ (used for tarring roads) would fall under “other valuable article stated in “any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article” in Section 69A of the Income Tax. Section 69A reads as under:

  • “69A. Unexplained money, etc. – Where in any financial year the assessee is found to be the owner of any money, bullion, jewellery or other valuable article and … not recorded in the books of account, …  may be deemed to be the income of the assessee for such financial year.”

It was held in DN Singh v. Commissioner of Income Tax (2023) that ‘bitumen is not a valuable article’ when the Principle of Ejusdem Generis is applied.

Noscitur a Sociis is a rule is broader than the maxim ejusdem generis.  It contains the basic philosophy that the meaning of a doubtful word is ascertained by reference to the meaning of words associated with it.

On applying this rule ‘(right to) rent’ will not include in the ‘(right to) chair, bench, table’. That is the questionable word (rent) does not take colour from the connected words (chair, bench, table). [In practice, it is seen that ‘ejusdem generis’ is applied when words like – other articles, etc., such things, similar acts, etc. are used; and ‘Noscitur a Sociis‘ is used even if those words are not used.]

Intention of the parties looked into When there is ambiguity

In P. Madhusudhan Rao v.  Lt. Col. Ravi Manan, 2015-4 ALD 409 after quoting the above rules, it is observed as under:

  • “From the Rules stated above, when the language used in a document is unambiguous conveying clear meaning, the Court has to interpret the document or any condition therein taking into consideration of the literal meaning of the words in the document. When there is ambiguity, the intention of the parties has to be looked into. Ordinarily the parties use apt words to express their intention but often they do not. The cardinal rule again is that, clear and unambiguous words prevail over the intention. But if the words used are not clear or ambiguous, intention will prevail. The most essential thing is to collect the intention of the parties from the expressions they have used in the deed itself. What if, the intention is so collected will not secure with the words used. The answer is the intention prevails. Therefore, if the language used in the document is unambiguous, the words used in the document itself will prevail but not the intention.”

Words in the Instruments Matters; Not to the Presumed Intention

Brett L.J. in Re Meredith, ex parte Chick, (1879) 11 Ch D 731, observed as under:

  • “I am disposed to follow the rule of construction which was laid down by Lord Denman and Baron Parke ……. They said that in construing instruments you must have regard not to the presumed intention of the parties, but to the meaning of the words which they have used.” (Quoted in: VS Talwar v. Prem Chandra Sharma, AIR 1984 SC 664; Damodaram Pillai v. Dhanalakshmi Ammal, (1981) 1 MLJ 171; Thomas v. AA Henry, 2008(2) KLT 63.)

Vague and uncertain descriptions rejected; definite and certain, preferred

The Kerala High Court held in Velu v. Padmavathy Amma (1983 KLN 38 Case No.39), as under:

  • “According to learned counsel for the appellants, when there is conflict in description by measurements and boundaries, measurements prevail over boundaries while according to learned counsel for the respondents, the contrary is the correct position. I have been referred in this connection to the following decisions : Zamindar of Pahipenta vs. Maharajah of Jeypore (XXIII M.L.J. 97) Subbayya Chakkiliyan vs. Manjan Muthia Goundan and another (A.I.R. 1924 Mad. 493), Durga Prasad Singh vs. Rajendra Narain Bagehi (I.L.R. 37 Cal. 293), Kumara Krishnan vs. Ulahannan Mathai (1957 K.L.T. 42), Chacko Joseph vs. Varghese Markose (1957 K.L.T. 485), Savarimuthu Nadar Chellayyan Nadar vs. Kanakku Rali Pillai Padmanabha Pillai (1957 K.L.T.825) and Krishnamurthy Iyer vs. Janaki Amma (1957 K.L.T. 886).
  • A golden thread runs through all the decisions referred to above. A piece of land may be described in the document or decree correctly or wrongly. Description may be given by reference to village, locality, survey number, lekhom number, extent, measurements or boundaries. At times, descriptions may tally pointing unerringly to a particular plot of land in which case there will be no difficulty in locating the plot. Sometimes the various descriptions given in a document or decree may be in conflict with each other. In such a case, the court is called upon to adjudicate on the identity of the exact plot intended to be dealt with in the document or decree. No doubt, the court will at first try to reconcile the various descriptions. If that be not possible, one or more of the descriptions may have to be rejected and the other decision rested only on the other description or descriptions. When one of the descriptions is vague and uncertain and another description is definite and certain, the latter may be preferred. If none of the descriptions is vague or uncertain, that description which is more certain and stable and least likely to have been mistaken or inserted inadvertently must be preferred if it sufficiently identified the subject matter of the transaction and the other descriptions must be rejected as erroneous or inaccurate. This is not a rule of law and therefore is not inflexible in character; it is a mere rule of construction which appears to be safe and almost an infallible guide.” (Quoted in Chandrakumar vs Narayana Bahuleyan, 2011(3) KLT 185.)

Court cannot look intention when document applies squarely to existing facts

Smt. Kamala Devi v. Takhatmal, (1964) 2 SCR 152, dealt with the interpretation of a surety bond. The Court relied upon Sec. 94 of the Indian Evidence Act and found no reason to look for the intention of the parties, since the clear and express words in the bond applied squarely to the existing facts. The Court held as under:

  • “Sometimes when it is said that a Court should look into all the circumstances to find an author’s intention, it is only for the purpose of finding out whether the words apply accurately to existing facts. But if the words are clear in the context of the surrounding circumstances, the Court cannot rely on them to attribute to the author an intention contrary to the plain meaning of the words used in the document.” (Quoted in – Anglo American Metallurgical v. MMTC Ltd., 2021-3 SCC 308)

Read Blog:

Sec. 91 and 92 – Best Evidence Rule

Sec. 91 and 92 provides that when terms of a contract, or of a grant, or of any other disposition of property, have been reduced to the form of a document, and in all cases in which any matter is required by law to be reduced to the form of a document, their terms alone are taken to be the sources of what the parties wished to state; and oral evidence to the contrary, are excluded.

Both Sec. 91 and 92 are based on “best evidence rule”. (Roop Kumar v. Mohan Thadani AIR 2003 SC. 2418: 2003-6  SCC 595; S. Saktivel v. M. Venugopal Pillai 2007-7  SCC 104; Mumbai International Airport v. Golden Chariot Airport, (2012) 10 SCC 422; Tulsi v. Chandrika Prasad, AIR 2006 SC 3359).

The Supreme Court held in Roop Kumar v. Mohan Thedani, AIR 2003 SC 2418, as under:

  • “The grounds of exclusion of extrinsic evidence are
  • (i) to admit inferior evidence when law requires superior would amount to nullifying the law,
  • (ii) when parties have deliberately put their agreement into writing, it is conclusively presumed, between themselves and their privies, that they intended the writing to form a full and final statement of their intentions, and one which should be placed beyond the reach of future controversy, bad faith and treacherous memory.”

In Bhima Tima Dhotre  v. The Pioneer Chemical Co. (1968) 70 Bom LR 683, it is observed as under:

  • “Documentary evidence becomes meaningless if the writer has to be called in every case to give oral evidence of its contents. If that were the position, it would mean that, in the ultimate analysis, all evidence must be oral and that oral evidence would virtually be the only kind of evidence recognised by law. That, however, is not the position under the Evidence Act. … Section 59 of the said Act enacts that all facts, except the “contents” of documents, may be proved by oral evidence. This provision would clearly indicate that to prove the contents of a document by means of oral evidence would be a violation of that section.”

However, oral evidence can be given on a matter (adoption) which is not required by law to be in writing and it is not barred for the mere reason it was contained in a document (Taburi Sahai v. Jhunjhunwala, AIR 1967 SC 106).

Patent ambiguity and latent ambiguity

Patent ambiguity is that inherent in the words. Extrinsic evidence is inadmissible in such cases.

 Sec. 93 and 94 of the Evidence Act deal with cases of patent ambiguity and Sec. 95 to 98 deal with cases of latent ambiguity.

Patent AmbiguityLatent Ambiguity
  Ambiguity On the FaceHidden Ambiguity. Words of the instrument clear, but their application to the circumstances doubtful.
S. 93 and 94S. 95 to 98
  No oral evidence permittedOral evidence permitted Ambiguity is disclosed only when explored with extrinsic evidence. Therefore, the ambiguity is allowed to be removed by same means.
Makes the document useless. Ambiguity cannot be removed by legal construction or evidence.  Can remove its ambiguity by Oral evidence.  
Sell a horse to B for “Rs. 1,000 or Rs. 1,500” (Illustration- Sec. 93).
Deed contains blanks (Illus. – Sec. 93).
Sells estate at Rampur. No evidence another place (Illustration- Sec. 94).
# Sells house in Calcutta. No house in Calcutta.  Can show at Howrah (Illus. – Sec. 95).
# Sells white horse. Two white horses. Can show which (Illus. – Sec. 96).
# Evidence be given Hayatabad in Dekkhan or Sind (Illus. – Sec. 96).
# Sells B land at X occupation of Y. A has land at X, but not in occupation of Y, and he has land in occupation of Y not at X. Evidence be given which he meant to sell (Illus. – Sec. 97).
# A sells “all my mods”. A has both models and modelling tools. Evidence may be given to show which he meant to sell (Illus. – Sec. 98).

“Patent Ambiguity”

After referring Smt. Kamala Devi v. Takhatmal, (1964) 2 SCR 152, it is observed in Anglo American Metallurgical v. MMTC Ltd., 2021-3 SCC 308 that the principle contained in Sec. 94 of the Evidence Act is that extrinsic evidence is inadmissible in cases of “patent ambiguity”, and that this principle is “fundamental to Indian jurisprudence.”

A “patent ambiguity” is explained in Starkie on Evidence as under:

  • “By patent ambiguity must be understood an ambiguity inherent in the words, and incapable of being dispelled, either by any legal rules of construction applied to the instrument itself, or by evidence showing that terms in themselves unmeaning or unintelligible are capable of receiving a known conventional meaning, the great principle on which the rule is founded is that the intention of parties, should be construed, not by vague evidence of their intentions independently of the expressions which they have thought fit to use, but by the expression themselves. … By patent ambiguity, therefore, must be understood an inherent ambiguity, which cannot be removed, either by the ordinary rules of legal construction or by the application of extrinsic and explanatory evidence, showing that expressions, prima facie, unintelligible, are yet capable of conveying a certain and definite meaning.” (Quoted in – Anglo American Metallurgical v. MMTC Ltd., 2021-3 SCC 308)

“Latent Ambiguity”

On the other hand, a “latent ambiguity” is described in Woodroffe and Ali’s Law of Evidence, as follows:

  • “Latent ambiguity, in the more ordinary application, arises from the existence of facts external to the instrument, and the creation by these facts of a question not solved by the document itself. A latent ambiguity arises when the words of the instrument are clear, but their application to the circumstances is doubtful; here the ambiguity, being raised solely by extrinsic evidence, is allowed to be removed by the same means. In strictness of definition, such cases, as those in which peculiar usage may afford a construction to a term different from its natural one as can be seen in s 98, would be instances of latent ambiguity, since the double use of the term would leave it open to the doubt in which of its two senses it was to be taken. It is not, however, to this class of cases that reference is now made, but to those in which the ambiguity is rather that of description, either equivocal itself from the existence of two subject matter, or two persons, both falling within its terms as can be seen in s 96, or imperfect when brought to bear on any given person or thing as per ss 95 and 97.” (Quoted in – Anglo American Metallurgical v. MMTC Ltd., 2021-3 SCC 308)

Read Blog:

No mention of Price in Contract, but “crucial” emails – Whether Sec. 94 Bar Applies?

Though Sec. 94 applies only when a document applies accurately to existing facts, which includes how a particular word is used in a particular sense. Where no mention of the price at which coal was to be supplied, and there were three “crucial” emails, in Anglo American Metallurgical v. MMTC Ltd., 2021-3 SCC 308, it was held as under:

  • “These emails must be read as part of the entirety of the correspondence between the parties, which would then make the so-called “admissions” in the aforementioned emails apply to existing facts. Once this is done, it is clear that there is no scope for the further application of the “patent ambiguity” principle contained in section 94 of the Evidence Act, to the facts of the present case.”
  • In Anglo American Metallurgical v. MMTC Ltd., 2021-3 SCC 308t it was held to be a latent ambiguity comes under Sec. 95 of the Evidence Act, read with proviso (6) and illustration (f) to Sec. 92; and therefore, evidence can be led to show the peculiar sense of such language. It is pointed out that this approach is reflected in a recent judgment of this Court in Transmission Corpn. of Andhra Pradesh Ltd. v. GMR Vemagiri Power Generation Ltd., (2018) 3 SCC 716, where it was observed as under:
  • “21. In the event of any ambiguity arising, the terms of the contract will have to be interpreted by taking into consideration all surrounding facts and circumstances, including correspondence exchanged, to arrive at the real intendment of the parties, and not what one of the parties may contend subsequently to have been the intendment or to say as included afterwards, as observed in Bank of India v. K. Mohandas [Bank of India v. K. Mohandas, (2009) 5 SCC 313] : (SCC p. 328, para 28)
  • “28. The true construction of a contract must depend upon the import of the words used and not upon what the parties choose to say afterwards. Nor does subsequent conduct of the parties in the performance of the contract affect the true effect of the clear and unambiguous words used in the contract. The intention of the parties must be ascertained from the language they have used, considered in the light of the surrounding circumstances and the object of the contract. The nature and purpose of the contract is an important guide in ascertaining the intention of the parties.”” (page 727).

Irreconcilable inconsistency between two specific clauses

In case of documents like sale deeds, gift deeds, mortgage deeds also, if the apparently appearing inconsistency can be reconciled, the court will take that recourse. 

  • But, if the inconsistency is irreconcilable, the earlier or the subsequent part or specific clauses, the earlier part will prevail over the latter; but, in case of a Will, latter part will prevail, under Sec. 88 of the Succession Act. (Uma Devi Nambiar v. T.C. Sidhan, (2004) 2 SCC 321.)

Interpretation of Contracts

In Provash Chandra Dalui v. Biswanath Banerjee, 1989 Supp (1) SCC 487, it is observed as under:

  • ” ‘Ex praecedentibus et consequentibus optima fit inter-pretatio.’
  • The best interpretation is made from the context. Every contract is to be construed with reference to its object and the whole of its terms. The whole context must be considered to ascertain the intention of the parties. It is an accepted principle of construction that the sense and meaning of the parties in any particular part of instrument may be collected ‘ex antecedentibus et consequentibus;’ every part of it may be brought into action in order to collect from the whole one uniform and consistent sense, if that is possible.
  • As Lord Davey said in N.E. Railway v. Hastings, [1900] A.C. 260 (267),
  • “The deed must be read as a whole in order to ascertain the true meaning of its several clauses, and the words of each clause should be so interpreted as to bring them into harmony with the other provisions of the deed if that interpretation does no violence to the meaning of which they are naturally susceptible.”
  • In construing a contract the Court must look at the words used in the contract unless they are such that one may suspect that they do not convey the intention correctly. If the words are clear, there is very little the Court can do about it. In the construction of a written instrument it is legitimate in order to ascertain the true meaning of the words used and if that be doubtful it is legitimate to have regard to the circumstances surrounding their creation and the subject matter to which it was designed and intended they should apply.”

In Bharat Coking Coal Ltd. v. AMR Dev Prabha 2020 SCC OnLine SC 335, it is pointed out that ‘it must be noted that judicial interpretation of contracts in the sphere of commerce stands on a distinct footing than while interpreting statutes’. (Quoted in: Agmatel India Private Limited v. M/S Resoursys Telecom AIR 2022 SC 1103)

  • Contractual interpretation ought not to have been grounds for the Constitutional Court (High Court) (See: Bharat Coking Coal Ltd. v. AMR Dev Prabha, 2020 SCC OnLine SC 335; Agmatel India Private Limited v. M/S Resoursys Telecom, AIR 2022 SC 1103)

Tender – If two interpretations possible, the interpretation of the author be accepted: In Silppi Constructions Contractors v. Union of India, 2019 SCC OnLine SC 1133, it is held as under:

  • “The authority floating the tender is the best judge of its requirements and, therefore, the court’s interference should be minimal. The authority which floats the contract or tender, and has authored the tender documents is the best judge as to how the documents have to be interpreted. If two interpretations are possible then the interpretation of the author must be accepted. The courts will only interfere to prevent arbitrariness, irrationality, bias, mala fides or perversity. With this approach in mind we shall deal with the present case.” . (Quoted in: Agmatel India Private Limited v. M/S Resoursys Telecom AIR 2022 SC 1103)

Tenders or Award of Contracts

In Jagdish Mandal v. State of Orissa, (2007) 14 SCC 517, our Apex Court observed as under:

  • “22. Judicial review of administrative action is intended to prevent arbitrariness, irrationality, unreasonableness, bias and mala fides. Its purpose is to check whether choice or decision is made “lawfully” and not to check whether choice or decision is “sound”. When the power of judicial review is invoked in matters relating to tenders or award of contracts, certain special features should be borne in mind. A contract is a commercial transaction. Evaluating tenders and awarding contracts are essentially commercial functions. Principles of equity and natural justice stay at a distance. If the decision relating to award of contract is bona fide and is in public interest, courts will not, in exercise of power of judicial review, interfere even if a procedural aberration or error in assessment or prejudice to a tenderer, is made out. The power of judicial review will not be permitted to be invoked to protect private interest at the cost of public interest, or to decide contractual disputes. The tenderer or contractor with a grievance can always seek damages in a civil court. .. A court before interfering in tender or contractual matters in exercise of power of judicial review, should pose to itself the following questions:
  • (i) Whether the process adopted or decision made by the authority is mala fide or intended to favour someone; or Whether the process adopted or decision made is so arbitrary and irrational that the court can say:“the decision is such that no responsible authority acting reasonably and in accordance with relevant law could have reached”;
  • (ii) Whether public interest is affected.
  • If the answers are in the negative, there should be no interference under Article 226. Cases involving blacklisting or imposition of penal consequences on a tenderer/contractor or distribution of State largesse (allotment of sites/shops, grant of licences, dealerships and franchises) stand on a different footing as they may require a higher degree of fairness in action.” (Quoted in: Agmatel India Private Limited v. M/S Resoursys Telecom AIR 2022 SC 1103)

PART V

Presumptions

Sec. 114 of the Evidence Act gives a wide discretion to the Courts to presume the existence of facts regard being had to natural course etc. Sec. 114 allows to draw adverse inference against a party who deliberately withholds better evidence. Sec. 56 to 58 lays down that facts judicially noticeable matters need not be proved. Sect. 79 and 90 deal with presumptions as to documents.

Presumption is not in itself evidence

presumption only makes a prima facie case for a party for whose benefit it exists, and it is not in itself evidence (Kumar Exports v. Sharma Carpets, (2009) 2 SCC 513; Basalingappa v. Mudibasappa – 2019(5) SCC 418).

Rebuttal: Standard of Proof Preponderance of Probabilities

The required evidence or Standard of Proof for the ‘rebuttal of presumption’ is –

  • preponderance of Probabilities 
    • See: Triyambak S.  Hegde v. Sripad, 2022-1 SCC 742;
    • Anss Rajashekar v. Augustus Jeba Ananth, (2020) 15 SCC 348).

Rebuttal: Standard of Proof Probable Defence’ whichCreates Doubts

The required evidence or Standard of Proof (for rebuttal of a factual presumption) can be –

  • Probable Defence’ whichCreates Doubts about the existence of a legally enforceable debt.
    • Rangappa v. Sree Mohan, 2010(11) SCC 441;
    • M.S. Narayana Menon v. State of Kerala 2006-6 SCC 39;
    • Bharat Barrel & Drum Manufacturing Company v. Amin Chand Payrelal, (1999) 3 SCC 35)

Rebuttal need not be positively proved to be true

Rebuttal need not be conclusively established or positively proved to be true (Kali Ram v. State of Himachal Pradesh, (1973) 2 SCC 808; Basalingappa v. Mudibasappa – 2019(5) SCC 418).

  • It need be reasonably probable 
    • See: Rajaram v.  Maruthachalam, AIR 2023 SC 471;
    • Basalingappa v. Mudibasappa – 2019(5) SCC 418
    • Hiten P. Dalal v. Bratindranath Banerjee, (2001) 6 SCC 16;
    • Vijay v. Laxman, (2013) 3 SCC 86

Rebuttal can be by invoking another Presumption

  • Not necessary for the accused to rebut (consideration) by direct evidence
  • Rebuttal (of presumption) can be by invoking another presumption
    • Kundanlal v. Custodian Evacuee property, AIR 1961 SC 1316) Referred to in: Priyamvada K. v. M.  Rahufina, 2024-1 KerHC 245.
  • It can be the circumstances relied upon by the complainant (M.S. Narayana Menon v. State of Kerala 2006-6 SCC 39).
  • On such a ‘shifting’, the source of money and financial capacity of complainant to make the loan can be a point for consideration, and the complainant may have to produce bank-statement to
    • See: Rajaram v.  Maruthachalam, AIR 2023 SC 471;
    • Basalingappa v. Mudibasappa, 2019-5 SCC 418).
    • K. Subramani v. K. Damodara Naidu, 2015 -1 SCC 99.
  • M.S. Narayana Menon v. State of Kerala 2006(6) SCC 39, SB Sinha, J.).
  • See: Bharat Barrel & Drum Manufacturing Company v. Amin Chand Payrelal,  1999-3 SCC 35;

Circumstantial Evidence

Hanumant Govind Nargundkar v. State of MP, AIR 1952 SC 343: 1953 Cri LJ 129 is the leading decision on circumstantial evidence. It is held-

  • “In cases where the evidence is of a circumstantial nature, the circumstances [which lead to the conclusion of guilt should be in the first instance] fully established, and all the facts so established should be consistent only with the hypothesis of the guilt of the accused. Again, the circumstances should be of a conclusive nature and tendency and they should be such as to exclude every hypothesis but the one proposed to be proved. In other words, there must be a chain of evidence so far complete as not to leave any reasonable ground for a conclusion consistent with the innocence of the accused and it must be [shown] that within all human probability the act must have been [committed] by the accused.”
  • It is followed in succeeding decisions. See:
  • Munikrishna v. State, 2022-13 SCR 415, 2023 CRLJ 673,
  • Dakkata Balaram Reddy v. State of Andhra Pradesh, 2023-4 SCR 887, 2023-6 SCALE 81
  • Venkatesh v. State of Karnataka, 2022-4 SCR 556, 2023 CRLJ 183,
  • Lochan Shrivas v. State Of Chhattisgarh, AIR 2022 SC 252,
  • Dev Kanya Tiwari v. The State of UP, AIR 2018 SC 1377.

Five Golden Principles, Or Panchsheel, on Circumstantial Evidence

Sharad Birdhi Chand Sarda v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1984 SC 1622, laid down the five golden principles, or panchsheel as to proof on circumstantial evidence as under:

  • .(1) The circumstances from which the conclusion of guilt is to be drawn should be fully established.
  • It may be noted here that this Court indicated that the circumstances concerned ‘must or should’ and not ‘may be’ established. There is not only a grammatical but a legal distinction between ‘may be proved’ and ‘must be or should be proved’ as was held by this Court in Shivaji Sahabrao Bobade v. State of Maharashtra(AIR  1973 SC 2622) where the following observations were made:
  • “Certainly, it is a primary principle that the accused must be and not merely may be guilty before a court can convict and the mental distance between ‘may be’ and ‘must be’ is long and divides vague conjectures from sure conclusions.”
  • (2) The facts so established should be consistent only with the hypothesis of the guilt of the accused, that is to say. they should not be explainable on any other hypothesis except that the accused is guilty,
  • (3) The circumstances should be of a conclusive nature and tendency.
  • (4) They should exclude every possible hypothesis except the one to be proved, and 
  • (5) There must be a chain of evidence so complete as not to leave any reasonable ground for the conclusion consistent with the innocence of the accused and must show that in all human probability the act must have been done by the accused.
  • These five golden principles, if we may say so, constitute the panchsheel of the proof of a case based on circumstantial evidence.”

Falsus In Uno, Falsus In Omnibus

Doctrine of “falsus in uno, falsus in omnibus” not applicable in India. It is a Latin maxim which means “false in one thing, false in everything.”  In Gangadhar Behera v. State of Orissa, (2002) 8 SCC 381,  it is held that if the testimony of a witness is found to be unreliable in respect of part of his statement, then the other part of the statement can be made basis to convict the accused. That is, the entire testimony of a witness cannot be discarded or disregarded merely because a part of the testimony is found to be not true.

  • State of Madhya Pradesh v. Phoolchand Rathore, 2023-5 SCR 601,
  • Ravasaheb v. State of Karnataka, 2023-5 SCC 391,
  • Ranvir Singh v. State Of Madhya Pradesh, 2023-1 SCR 841,
  • Rishi Pal Singh v. New India Assurance Co.  Ltd., 2022 ACJ 1868,
  • Mahendra Singh v. State Of MP,  AIR 2022 SC 2631,

Principles in deciding the cases

In Ravasaheb v. State of Karnataka, 2023-5 SCC 391, our Apex Court emanated following principles in deciding the cases.

Evidence of hostile witness:

  • Corroborated part of the evidence of a hostile witness regarding the commission of offence is admissible. Merely because there is deviation from the statement in the FIR, the witness’s statements cannot be termed totally unreliable;

Hostile witness

  • The evidence of a hostile witness can form the basis of conviction.

Quality over quantity of witnesses

  • The general principle of appreciating the evidence of eye-witnesses is that when a case involves a large number of offenders, prudently, it is necessary, but not always, for the Court to seek corroboration from at least two more witnesses as a measure of caution. Be that as it may, the principle is quality over quantity of witnesses. [Mrinal Das Vs. State of Tripura (2011) 9 SCC 479] 17.2 Effect of omissions, deficiencies:

Not give undue importance to omissions and discrepancies

  • Evidence examined as a whole, must reflect/ring of truth. The court must not give undue importance to omissions and discrepancies which do not shake the foundations of the prosecution’s case. [Rohtash Kumar Vs. State of Haryana (2013) 14 SCC 434; Bhagwan Jagannath Markad Vs. State of Maharashtra (2016) 10 SCC 537; and Karan Singh Vs. State of Uttar Pradesh (2022) 6 SCC 52]

Reliance on single witness:

  • If a witness is absolutely reliable then conviction based thereupon cannot be said to be infirm in any manner. [Karunakaran Vs. State of Tamil Nadu (1976) 1 SCC 434; and Sadhuram Vs. State of Rajasthan (2003) 11 SCC 231]

Testimony of a close relative:

  • A witness being a close relative is not a ground enough to reject his testimony. Mechanical rejection of an even “partisan” or “interested” witness may lead to failure of justice.

Falsus in uno, falsus in omnibus

  • The principle of “falsus in uno, falsus in omnibus” is not one of general application. [Bhagwan Jagannath Markad Vs. State of Maharashtra (2016) 10 SCC 537] 

Benefit of a doubt

  • To entitle a person to the benefit of a doubt arising from a duality of views, the possible view in favour of the accused must be as nearly reasonably probable as that against him. [Gopal Reddy Vs. State of Andhra Pradesh (1979) 1 SCC 355]

Delay in sending FIR:

  • Unless serious prejudice is caused, mere delay in sending the FIR to the Magistrate would not, by itself, have a negative effect on the case of the prosecution. [[State of Rajasthan Vs. Doud Khan (2016) 2 SCC 607]
  • One of the external checks against ante-dating or ante- timing an FIR is the time of its dispatch to the Magistrate or its receipt by the Magistrate. A dispatch of a copy of the FIR forthwith ensures that there is no manipulation or interpolation in the FIR. [Mehraj Vs. State of U.P. (1994) 5 SCC 188; and Ombir Singh Vs. State of U.P. (2020) 6 SCC 378]

Last seen theory :

  • On its own, last seen theory is considered to be a weak basis for conviction. However, when the same is coupled with other factors such as when the deceased was last seen with the accused, proximity of time to the recovery of the body of deceased etc. The accused is bound to give an explanation under Section 106 of the Evidence Act, 1872. If he does not do so, or furnishes what may be termed as wrong explanation or if a motive is established – pleading securely to the conviction of the accused closing out the possibility of any other hypothesis, then a conviction can be based thereon. [Satpal Singh Vs. State of Haryana (2018) 6 SCC 610; and Ram Gopal Vs. State of M.P. (2023) SCC OnLine 158]

Cases involving several accused Persons

  • A three judge bench of which one of us (B.R Gavai J.) was a member, observed as under in respect of the application of Section 149, of the Indian Penal Code, 1860-
  • “30. Section 149 of the Indian Penal Code is declaratory of the vicarious liability of the members of an unlawful assembly for acts done in prosecution of the common object of that assembly or for such offences as the members of the unlawful assembly knew would be committed in prosecution of that object. If an unlawful assembly is formed with the common object of committing an offence, and if that offence is committed in prosecution of the object by any member of the unlawful assembly, all the members of the assembly will be vicariously liable for that offence even if one or more, but not all committed the offence. Again, if an offence is committed by a member of an unlawful assembly and that offence is one which the members of the unlawful assembly knew to be likely to be committed in prosecution of the common object, every member who had that knowledge will be guilty of the offence so committed.” [Hari v. State of UP 2021 SCC OnLine SC 1131; Shambhu Nath Singh v. State of Bihar, AIR 1960 SC 725] While overt act and active participation may indicate common intention of the person perpetrating the crime, the mere presence in the unlawful assembly may fasten vicariously criminal liability under Section 149. [Lalji Vs. State of U.P. (1989) 1 SCC 437] When a case involves large number of assailants it is not possible for the witness to describe the part played therein by each of such persons. It is not necessary for the prosecution to prove each of the members’ involvement especially regarding which or what act. [Masalti Vs. State of UP AIR 1965 SC 202]

Power of Court of Appeal:

  • The Court of appeal has wide powers of appreciation of evidence in an order of acquittal as in the order of conviction, along with the rider of presumption of innocence which continues across all stages of a case. Such Court should give due importance to the judgment rendered by the Trial Court. [Atley Vs. State of UP AIR 1955 SC 807]
  • Referring to Gurudutt Pathak Vs. State of U.P. [(2021) 6 SCC 116] the judgment in Geeta Devi Vs. State of U.P. [2022 SCC OnLine 57], this Court appreciated the law on this aspect and then observed that the High Court, being the First Appellate Court must discuss/re-appreciate the evidence on record. Failure to do so is a good ground enough to remand the matter for consideration.

Read Blogs:

When A Case Tried On Merits, It Should Not Be Reversed On Technical Grounds

Kiran Singh v. Chaman Paswan, AIR 1954 SC 340, the Supreme Court observed that when a case has been tried by a court on merits and judgment rendered, it should not be liable to be reversed purely on technical grounds, unless it has resulted in failure of justice.

How the First Appellate Court deals the Case

In B.V. Nagesh & Anr. v. H.V. Sreenivasa Murthy, (2010) 10 SCC 551, it is observed as under:

  • “The first appeal is a valuable right of the parties and unless restricted by law, the whole case therein is open for re-hearing both on questions of fact and law. The judgment of the appellate Court must, therefore, reflect its conscious application of mind and record findings supported by reasons, on all the issues arising along with the contentions put-forth and pressed by the parties for decision of the appellate Court. Sitting as a court of appeal, it was the duty of the High Court to deal with all the issues and the evidence led by the parties before recording its findings. The first appeal is a valuable right and the parties have a right to be heard both on questions of law and on facts and the judgment in the first appeal must address itself to all the issues of law and fact and decide it by giving reasons in support of the findings. [Vide Santosh Hazari vs. Purushottam Tiwari, (2001) 3 SCC 179 = JT (2001) 2 SC 407 and Madhukar and Others vs. Sangram and Others, (2001) 4 SCC 756]”

Finding on Question of Fact – Appellate Court Will Not Interfere

The general rule followed by our courts is that the  appellate court should not interfere with the finding of the trial Judge on a pure question of fact, if the finding is not perverse (Sarju Pershad Vs Jwaleshwari Pratap, AIR 1951 SC 120; 1950 SCR 7839; Radha Prasad Vs Gajadhar Singh, AIR 1960 SC 115; Madhusudan Das Vs Smt. Narayanibai, AIR 1983 SC 114;  1983- 1 SCC 35; T.D.Gopalan v. H.R.& C.E, Madras, AIR 1972 SC 1716).

A Third Party can Prefer appeal

Smt. Jatan Kanwar Golcha v. M/s. Golcha Properties Private Ltd.[ AIR 1971 SC 374] it is held as under

  • “It is well settled that a person who is not a party to the suit may prefer an appeal with the leave of the appellate Court and such leave should be granted if he would be prejudicially affected by the judgment.”

In Banarsi v. Ram Phal, AIR 2003 SC 1989, it is held –

  • Sections 96 and 100 CPC do not enumerate the person who can file an appeal.
  • To file an appeal the person must be one aggrieved by the decree.
  • Unless a person is prejudicially or adversely affected by the decree he is not entitled to file an appeal.
  • No appeal lies against a mere finding.
  • Sections 96 and 100 CPC provide for an appeal against decree and not against judgment.

Read Related Blogs


How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

‘Possessory Title’ in Indian Law

Saji Koduvath & Jojy George

Propositions on Possession in a Nutshell

  • Possession is a substantive right.
  • It is heritable and transferable.
  • Courts protect settled possession.
  • Injunction is a possessory remedy.
  • Possessory title is a good title as against everybody other than the lawful owner.
  • Injunction will not be passed to favour a trespasser or a person in unlawful possession.
  • It will suffice if he can prove his lawful possession (Rame Gowda v. M. Varadappa Naidu, 2004-1 SCC 769).
  • Even if the plaintiff is a trespasser, injunction will be granted if he can prove that his possession is settled/established.
  • If the possession of the plaintiff is ‘settled/established’, injunction will be ordered against a true owner. In such a case, the ‘injunction’ will be subject to the (result of) claim of recovery (if any) in a proper suit, by the true owner.
  • It is not necessary for the person (in possession) claiming injunction, to prove his title – as long as the defendant does not claim title.
  • Person in ‘settled/established possession’ may get injunction against true owner (not to disposes otherwise than on due process of law); but, it cannot be claimed after cancellation (by court) of the sale deed he relied (Padhiyar Prahladji Chenaji v. Maniben Jagmalbhai, 2022 SCC OnLine SC 258.

Possession is a Substantive Right

Possession by itself is a substantive right recognised by law. It is heritable and transferable, as explained in the following decisions –

  • Nair Service Society Ltd. v. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165,
  • Kuttan Narayanan v. Thomman Mathayi, AIR 1966 Ker 179;
  • Phirayalal Kapur v. Jia Rani, AIR 1973 Delhi 186;
  • Nallammal v. Ayisha Beevi, 2017-5 Mad LJ 864). 

Settled Possession, Established Possession & Possessory Title

In A. Subramanian v. R. Pannerselvam, AIR 2021 SC 821, the Supreme Court held that even a trespasser, who is in established possession of the property could obtain injunction. But, it was cautioned that the matter would be different, if the plaintiff himself elaborated in the plaint about title dispute and fails to make a prayer for declaration of title along with injunction relief.

In Poona Ram v. Moti Ram, AIR 2019 SC 813, it was pointed out in a case where there was no document to prove settled possession that ‘merely on doubtful material and cursory evidence, it cannot be held that the plaintiff was ever in possession of the property, and that too in settled possession’. It held further as under:

  • “13. The crux of the matter is that a person who asserts possessory title over a particular property will have to show that he is under settled or established possession of the said property. But merely stray or intermittent acts of trespass do not give such a right against the true owner. Settled possession means such possession over the property which has existed for a sufficiently long period of time, and has been acquiesced to by the true owner. A casual act of possession does not have the effect of interrupting the possession of the rightful owner. A stray act of trespass, or a possession which has not matured into settled possession, can be obstructed or removed by the true owner even by using necessary force. Settled possession must be (i) effective,(ii) undisturbed, and (iii) to the knowledge of the owner or without any attempt at concealment by the trespasser. There cannot be a straitjacket formula to determine settled possession. Occupation of a property by a person as an agent or a servant acting at the instance of the owner will not amount to actual legal possession. The possession should contain an element of animus possidendi. The nature of possession of the trespasser is to be decided based on the facts and circumstances of each case.”

Possessory Title

The term ‘Possessory Title’ (in contrast to legally recognised ‘title appertain to ownership’) arises in the following situations-

  • 1. Acquisition of ‘Original Title’: It is acquisition of title contradistinct to ‘derivative’ acquisition of title.
  • 2. Possessory Title: ‘Possessory Title’ against everybody other than the lawful owner (For, possession by itself is a substantive right and good title; and ‘Right to Possession’ is a “Property”, under law).
  • 3. Statutory title by Adverse Possession: Perfection of title by ‘Adverse Possession’ against the true owner; i.e., (legal) acquisition of title as recognised by Sec. 27 of the Limitation Act. (K V Swamynathan v. E V Padmanabhan, 1991-1 JT 83, 1990-2 Scale 1326)

‘Possessory Title’- On the Premise that ‘Possession’ is a Substantive Right

One who captures a property belonging to none, or reduces such a property to his possession, gets good title against the whole world – as in the case of birds in the air and fishes in the water. And, if it belongs to another, possession of the holder of such property is good title against all but the true owner (Somnath Barman v. Dr. SP Raju AIR 1970 SC 846, 1969-3 SCC 129); because, possession is the most important objective expression of ownership. According to Salmond, possession is the most basic relationship between men and things, and the possessor should have the ‘animus’ to possess the ‘corpus’.

Settled ‘Possessory Title’, in Part Performance

In Ghanshyam v. Yogendra Rathi, AIR 2023 SC 2754, 2023-7 SCC 361, the Supreme Court allowed the plaintiff (purchaser in an agreement for sale) to recover property from the defendant/title-holder (true-owner). It was on two, main, grounds:  

  • First, the plaintiff/purchaser was having settled-possessory- title, in part performance under Sec. 53A of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882
  • Second, the defendant/title-holder (allowed to occupy a portion of the property for a period of 3 months as a licencee) failed to vacate despite notice.

‘Rival Titles’ in Adverse Possession – Title by ownership & Title by possession

Possessory title by adverse possession is basically a philosophical concept of property law; and it is merely acknowledged in common law and in the Limitation Act. It is explained in the thought provoking article, “Possessory Title: Its True Nexus with the Law of Limitation and the ‘Theory of Relativity’ ” by Anoop Bhaskar, Advocate, Thiruvananthapuram (2022 KLT). It is also pointed out that there are two ‘rival titles’ in a case of adverse possession; i.e., title by ownership (pertain to true owner) & title by possession (pertain to trespasser).

When a plea on adverse possession is propped up, the judicial determination is warranted on rival claims on ‘title on ownership’ and ‘title by adverse possession’; and also, ‘presumptions on title’ and ‘presumptions on possession’. If the trespasser can prove adverse possession against the true owner, as provided under Article 65 of the Limitation Act, the law favours the trespasser endorsing his Possessory Title. The learned author lays down the doctrine of ‘preference’ upon the two ‘rival titles’ as under:

  • “It is true by the operation of limitation prescribed under Article 65, the prior owner loses his right or remedy to sue for possession based on title. At this point, the adverse possessor acquires title by the virtue of original acquisition. … In other words, the possessor will have an entitlement to the right to possess the land against others; i.e., he is having the title to possess. At the same time the prior owner will be denying the adverse possessor’s entitlement to possession and be claiming the entitlement to all the incidents of ownership, including possession. Basically, he will be claiming title to ownership on the land. This is how there will exist two rival titles in the case of a title dispute, i.e., title to ownership & title to possession. Now the Courts will be called upon to measure the strength of each title. If the adverse possessor proves that the prior owner has lost his right to recover possession by way of limitation, it will mean that the title of the prior owner will be weaker than adverse possessor.”

Nature of Property and Claim of Occupant Whether Bona Fide were Determinative Factors

In Government of A.P. v. Thummala Krishna Rao, (1982) 2 SCC 134,  the question considered was whether summary remedy for evicting a person provided for by section 6 of the Andhra Pradesh Land Encroachment Act, 1905, could be resorted to. It was pointed out

  • the duration of encroachment, short or long, was not the determinative matter
  • what was relevant for the decision was more the nature of the property and
  • whether the claim of the occupant was bona fide.

It was also found that if there was bona fide dispute, on title between the Government and the occupant, it must be adjudicated upon by the Ordinary courts of law. The Government cannot decide such questions unilaterally in its own favour and evict any person summarily. Duration of occupation would be relevant requiring an impartial adjudication according to the established procedure of law, if the person –

  • occupied openly for an appreciable length of time and
  • could be taken, prima facie, to have a bonafide claim to the property.

Possession is Good Title against all but the True Owner

In Somnath Barman v. Dr. SP Raju AIR 1970 SC 846, 1969-3 SCC 129 our Apex Court relied on Narayana Row v. Dharmachar, ILR 26 Mad. 514, where the Madras High Court consisting of Bhashyam Ayyangar and Moore, JJ., held that possession was, under the Indian, as under the English law, good title against all but the true owner. In Somnath Barman v. Dr. SP Raju, AIR 1970 SC 846, 1969-3 SCC 129 (KS Hegde & JC Shah, JJ.), it was observed as under:

  • “In our opinion the possession of the plaintiff prior to 1945 is a good title against all but the true owner. The defendants who are mere trespassers cannot defeat the plaintiff’s lawful possession by ousting him from the suit property. Possessory title is a good title as against everybody other than the lawful owner. In Ismail’ Ariff v. Mohamed Ghouse(I.L.R.20 1.A.99), the Judicial Committee came to the conclusion that a person having possessory title can get a declaration that he was the owner of the land in suit and an injunction restraining the defendant from interfering with his possession. Therein it was observed that the, possession of the plaintiff was a sufficient evidence of title as owner against the defendant.”

True Owner

Section 6 of the Specific Relief Act allows one to file a suit for recovery of property, on the strength of his prior possession, if he had lost his possession within 6 months of the suit. It can be invoked even when the true owner evicts a person in legal or settled possession (like tenant) otherwise than on due process of law. In such a case, he need not prove his ownership to the property; and he can succeed on establishing that he has been dispossessed otherwise than in accordance with law within six months.

‘Possession is Good Against All but the True Owner’ & Sec. 6 of the Sp. Relief Act

The principle ‘Possession is Good against all but the True Owner’ is declared in Parry v. Clissold, (1907) AC 73. In this decision it was also pointed out that if the rightful owner did not come forward and assert his title within the period of limitation, his right would be extinguished and the possessory owner acquires an absolute title.

The Supreme Court of India while accepting this principle in Nair Service Society Ltd. v. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165, pointed out that the law in India allows a plaintiff to maintain a possessory suit under Sec. 9 (preset Sec. 6) of the Specific Relief Act. Such a suit can be filed against a title holder, if he had dispossessed the plaintiff ‘otherwise than in due course of law’.

In Nair Service Society Ltd. v. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165, it is observed as under:

  • “17. … To express our meaning we may begin by reading 1907 AC 73 (Perry V. Clissold), to discover if the principle that possession is good against all but the true owner has in any way been departed from.
  • 1907 AC 73 reaffirmed the principle by stating quite clearly:
    • “It cannot be disputed that a person in possession of land in the assumed character of owner and exercising peaceably the ordinary rights of ownership has a perfectly good title against all the world but the rightful owner. And if the rightful owner does not come forward and assert his title by the process of law within the period prescribed by the provisions of the statute of Limitation applicable to the case, his right is for ever extinguished and the possessory owner acquires an absolute title.”
  • Therefore, the plaintiff who was peaceably in possession was entitled to remain in possession and only the State could evict him. The action of the Society was a violent invasion of his possession and in the law as it stands in India the plaintiff could maintain a possessory suit under the provisions of the Specific Relief Act in which title would be immaterial or a suit for possession within 12 years in which the question of title could be raised.”

In Poona Ram v. Moti Ram, AIR 2019 SC 813, our Apex Court explained the principle ‘possession is a good title of right against any one who cannot show a better’ as under:

  • “9. The law in India, as it has developed, accords with jurisprudential thought as propounded by luminaries like Salmond. Salmond on Jurisprudence states:­
    • “These two concepts of ownership and possession, therefore, may be used to distinguish between the de facto possessor of an object and its de jure owner, between the man who actually has it and the man who ought to have it. They serve also to contract the position of one whose rights are ultimate, permanent and residual with that of one whose rights are only of a temporary nature.
    • x x x x x
    • In English law possession is a good title of right against any one who cannot show a better. A wrongful possessor has the rights of an owner with respect to all persons except earlier possessors and except the true owner himself. Many other legal systems, however, go much further than this, and treat possession as a provisional or temporary title even against the true owner himself. Even a wrongdoer, who is deprived of his possession, can recover it from any person whatever, simply on the ground of his possession. Even the true owner, who takes his own, may be forced in this way to  restore it to the wrongdoer, and will not be permitted to set up his own superior title to it. He must first give up possession, and then proceed in due course of law for the recovery of the thing on the ground of his ownership. The intention of the law is that every possessor shall be entitled to retain and recover his possession, until deprived of it by a judgment according to law.
    • Legal remedies thus appointed for the protection of possession even against ownership are called possessory, while those available for the protection of ownership itself may be distinguished as proprietary. In the modern and medieval civil law the distinction is expressed by the contrasted terms petitorium (a proprietary suit) and possessorium (a possessory suit).”
  • 10. As far back as 1924, in the case of Midnapur Zamindary Co. Ltd. v. Naresh Narayan Roy, AIR 1924 PC 144, the learned Judge observed that in India, persons are not permitted to take forcible possession; they must obtain such possession as they are entitled to through a court. Later, in the case of Nair Service Society Ltd. v. K.C. Alexander, AIR 1968 SC 1165, this Court ruled that when the facts disclose no title in either party, possession alone decides. It was further held that if Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act, 1877 (corresponding to the present Section6) is employed, the plaintiff need not prove title and the title of the defendant does not avail him. When, however, the period of six months has passed, questions of title can be raised by the defendant, and if he does so the plaintiff must establish a better title or fail. In other words, such a right is only restricted to possession in a suit under Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act (corresponding to the present Section 6) but does not bar a suit on prior possession within 12 years from the date of dispossession, and title need not be proved unless the defendant can provide one.
  • 11. It was also observed by this Court in Nair Service Society Ltd. (supra) that a person in possession of land in assumed character of owner and exercising peaceably the ordinary rights of ownership has a perfectly good title against the entire world except the rightful owner. In such a case, the defendant must show in himself or his predecessor a valid legal title and probably a possession prior to the plaintiff’s, and thus be able to raise a presumption prior in time.”

Possessory Title – Recognised in Law

A person in possession is at liberty to file a suit to recover his possession (with or without declaration) by a regular suit for recovery of possession, even if he failed to exercise his option to file a suit under Sec. 6 of the Specific Relief Act, within six months of losing possession. It can be based on title, or on his possession in assumed or presumed character of ownership (even if title not perfected by doctrine of adverse possession). It is on the principle that ‘possession is good title against all the world but the rightful owner’. The law on this matter is laid down in detail in Kuttan Narayanan v. Thomman Mathayi, AIR 1966 Ker 179, referring various authoritative authors and previous illuminative decisions. It is pronounced as under:

  • 6. Possession by itself is a substantive right recognised by law and has legal incidents attached to it apart from ownership. Even before the acquisition of statutory title by adverse possession for the requisite period under the Limitation Act, the possessory owner has well defined rights in property. It is now settled beyond all dispute that this interest is heritable, devisable and transferable. This interest is referred to as possessory title as distinct from proprietary title. A person having such interest must be allowed to enforce those rights against all the world except those who have a better title or better right than himself.
  • Salmond on Jurisprudence, Eleventh edition, observes at page 345 :
    • “In English law possession is a good title of right against any one who cannot show a better. A wrongful possessor has the rights of an owner with respect to all persons except earlier possessors and except the true owner himself.”
  • and at pages 473 and 474 it is observed:
    • “On the other hand, the thing of which possession is taken may already be the property of some one else. In this case the title acquired by possession is good, indeed, against all third persons, but is of no validity at all against the true owner. Possession, even when consciously wrongful, is allowed as a title of right against all persons who cannot show a better, because a prior title in themselves. Save with respect to the rights of the original proprietor, my rights to the watch in my pocket are much the same whether. I bought it honestly, or found it, or abstracted it from the pocket of some one else. If it is stolen from me, the law will help me to the recovery of it. I can effectually sell it, lend it, give it away, or bequeath it, and it will go on my death intestate to my next of kin. Whoever acquires it from me, however, acquires in general nothing save my limited and imperfect title to it, and holds if, as I do, subject to the superior claims of the original owner.
    • XX XX XX
    • If a possessory owner is wrongfully deprived of the thing by a person other than the true owner he can recover it. For the defendant cannot set up as a defence his own possessory title since it is later than and consequently inferior to, the possessory title of the plaintiff. Nor can he set up as a defence the title of the true owner–the jus tertii as it is called; the plaintiff has a better, because an earlier, title than the defendant, and it is irrelevant that the title of some other person, not a party to the suit, is better still. The expediency of this doctrine of possessory ownership is clear. Were it not for such a rule, force and fraud would be left to determine all disputes as to possession, between persons of whom neither could show an unimpeachable title to the thing as the true owner of it.”
  • Pollock & Wright in their book ‘Possession in the Common Law’ expressed themselves thus at page 91:
    • “Existing possession, however acquired, is protected against any interference by a mere wrongdoer; and the wrongdoer cannot defend himself by showing a better title than the plaintiff’s in some third person though or under whom he docs not himself claim or justify. ‘Any possession is a legal possession‘–i.e. lawful and maintainable–against a wrong doer.”
  • and at page 95:
    • “It would be possible at first sight to suppose that, as between a succession of independent occupiers who were all wrongdoers as against the true owner, the law must be indifferent, with the result of conferring an absolute title upon the person who happens to he in possession when the time of limitation expires. Reflection, however, shows this to be contrary to the reason and principles of the law. Possession being once admitted to be a root of title, every possession must create a title which, as against all subsequent intruders, has all the incidents and advantages of a true title. In the language of the modern authorities, ‘Possession is good title‘– nothing less–‘against all but the true owner‘.”
  • 7. The English doctrine of possessory title is expressed in the following terms by Cockburn, C. J., in Asher v. Whitelock, (1865) 35 LJQB 17:
    • “I take it to be established by authority that possession is good against all the world except the person who can show a better title than the one in possession Doe d Hughes v. Dyeball, (1829 Moo & M 346) shews that possession, even for a year, is sufficient against a mere subsequent possession. The whole law of disseisin was founded upon the principle that the desseisin gives title to the disorder against all the world but the disseisee.”
  • 8. Their Lordships of the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council in Perry v. Clissold, 1907 AC 73 at p. 79 decided:
    • “It cannot be disputed that a person in possession of land in the assumed character of owner and exercising peaceably the ordinary rights of ownership has a perfectly good title against all the world but the rightful owner. And if the rightful owner does not come forward and assert his title by process of law within the period prescribed by the provisions of the Statute of Limitations applicable to the case, his right is for ever extinguished, and the possessory owner acquires an absolute title.”
  • 9. The above is certainly the doctrine of English Law. The rule of English Law that possession is good title against all but the true owner has been adopted by the decisions of the Indian High Courts and also by the decisions of the Judicial Committee of the Privy Councilin the Indian cases. In Khajah Enaetoollah Chowdhry v. Kishen Soondur Surma, (1867) 8 Suth WR 386 at pp. 387 and 388, Dwarkanath Mitter, J. posed the question thus:
    • “Can the Civil Courts give a decree for immovable property on the bare ground of illegal dispossession in a suit brought after six months from the date of such dispossession, it being borne in mind, however, that the defendant has failed to prove his own title to the same?”
  • and answered the same in the following terms:
    • But we do not see any reason why a mere wrongful dispossess or should require proof from his adversary of anything beyond the illegal dispossession complained of. He himself has not got and never had any title to the land. The act of dispossession committed by him has been entirely without any sanction from law. Justice and equity require that he should be compelled to restore the party wronged by him to the same position which the latter enjoyed before the dale of the illegal ejectment. To adopt the contrary view appears to us to be tantamount to holding out a premium in favour of wrong and violence”
  • and in Hari v. Dhondi, (1906) 8 Bom LR 96 Sir Lawrence Jenkins, C. J. said:
    • “Possession is evidence of ownership, and is itself the foundation of a right to possession.”
  • and Subramania Ayyar, J. in Mustapha Saheb v. Santha Pillai, (1900) ILR 23 Mad 179 at p. 182 said:
    • “that the rule of law that a party ousted by a person who has no better right is, with reference to the person so ousting, entitled to recover by virtue of the possession he had held before the ouster even though that “possession was without any title” is so firmly established as to render a lengthened discussion about it quite superfluous.”
  • 10. In Sundar v. Parbati, (1890) ILR 12 All 61 (PC) decided by their Lordships of the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council, the suit was for partition and recovery of possession filed by the junior widow of a deceased Hindu against the senior widow who denied the junior widow’s right to separate possession and contended that she was entitled to manage the whole estate. The Subordinate Judge decreed the plaintiff’s suit. A Bench of the Allahabad High Court reversed the decree of the Subordinate Judge and dismissed the suit. Lord Watson delivering the Judgment of the hoard, observed at page 57:
    • “If it were necessary to determine the point, their Lordships would probably have little difficulty in accepting the opinion of the High Court that a Hindu Brahman cannot lawfully adopt his own sister’s son. But apart from that question, and also from any question touching the legal effect of Baldeo Sahai’s will the fact of joint possession by the two widows of the estates which belonged to the testator, ever since the death of Premsukh in 1879, appears to them to be sufficient for disposing of this suit in favour of the appellant. Their Lordships are at a loss to understand, at all event to appreciate, the grounds upon which the Chief Justice endeavours to differentiate between the authorities which he cites, the import of which he correctly states, and the position of the parties to this action. Their possession was lawfully attained, in this sense, that it was not procured by force or fraud, but peaceably, no one interested opposing. In these circumstances, it does not admit of doubt that they were entitled to maintain their possession against all coiners except the heirs of Premsukh or of Baldco Sahai, one or other of whom (it is unnecessary to say which) is the only person who can plead a preferable title. But neither of these possible claimants is in the field, and the widows have therefore, each of them, an estate or interest in respect of her possession, which cannot be impaired by the circumstance that they may have ascribed their possession to one or more other titles which do not belong to them. It is impossible to hold that a joint estate is not also partible; and their Lordships will therefore humbly advise Her Majesty that the judgment of the High Court ought to be reversed, and that of the Subordinate Judge restored.”
  • The above principle was reiterated by their Lordships of the Judicial Committee in Ismail Ariff v. Mahomed Ghous, (1893) ILR 20 Cal 834 (PC). At page 843 their Lordships observed:
    • “It appears to their Lordships that there is here a misapprehension of the nature of the plaintiff’s case upon the facts stated in the judgment. The possession of the plaintiff was sufficient evidence of title as owner against the defendant. By Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act (Act 1 of 1877), if the plaintiff had been dispossessed otherwise than in due course of law, he could, by a suit instituted within six months from the date of the dispossession, have recovered possession, notwithstanding any other title that might be set up in such suit. If he could thus recover possession from a person who might be able to prove a title, it is certainly right and just that he should be able, against a person who has no title and is a mere wrongdoer, to obtain a declaration of title as owner, and an injunction to restrain the wrong-doer from interfering with his possession. Die Appellate Court, in accordance with the judgment above quoted, has dismissed the suit. Consequently, the defendant may continue to wilfully, improperly and illegally interferes with the plaintiff’s possession, as the learned Judge say he has done, and the plaintiff has no remedy. Their Lordships are of opinion that the suit should not have been dismissed; and that the plaintiff was entitled in it to a declaration of his title to the land.”
  • The principle underlying the rule that possession is a good title against all the world except the person who can show a better title is staled thus in Narayana Row v. Dharma-char, (1903) ILR 26 Mad 514 at p. 518:
    • “The principle underlying the rule of law in question seems to be that acquisition of title by operation of the law of limitation being a lawful mode of acquiring title, the person in peaceable possession is entitled to maintain such possession against all but the true owner and that therefore a third party who has no better title than the person in possession has no right to invade upon the possession of the latter and interrupt or arrest his lawful acquisition of title by his continuing to remain in possession for the statutory period. It is the true owner alone that is entitled to assert his title as against the person wrongfully in possession, and prevent such wrongful possession ripening into prescriptive title. But a third party who without deriving title under the true owner and without his authority, interrupts such possession before it has ripened into prescriptive title, is a trespasser, not only against the true owner, but also against the party actually in possession; and, subject to the law of limitation, either of them is entitled to maintain a suit in ejectment against such intruder as a trespasser.”
  • 11. We are therefore of the view that a person in juridical possession, if dispossessed by a trespasser without title, can recover possession on the sole ground of his prior possession even beyond six months from the date of dispossession and this is enough to dispose of the second appeal.
  • 12. But the learned advocate for the appellant relying on the decision in Nisa Chand Gaita v. Kanchiram Bagani, (1899) ILR 26 Cal 579 submitted that mere previous possession for any period short of the statutory period of twelve years will not entitle a plaintiff to a decree for recovery of possession in a suit brought more than six months after dispossession, even if the defendant could not establish any title to the disputed land. The point which arose for decision in (1899) ILR 26 Cal 579 was whether the plaintiff is entitled to a decree merely upon proof of previous possession for a period less than twelve years, on the ground that the defendant has established no title, the suit having been brought more than six months after the date of dispossession. (1893) ILR 20 Cal 834 (PC) was distinguished thus:
    • “There (in 1893) ILR 20 Cal 834 (PC) the plaintiff was in possession when he brought his suit, whereas in the present case the plaintiff is out of possession. What the plaintiff asked for in the case of Ismail Ariff v. Mahomed Ghous (1893-20 Cal 834 PC) was a decree declaring his right, and an injunction restraining the defendant from disturbing his possession; what the plaintiff asks for in this case is only recovery of possession; and what was said by their Lordships of the Judicial Committee with reference to the plaintiff’s right to obtain this relief is to be found in the following passage of their judgment:
    • “It appears to their Lordships that there is here a misapprehension of the nature of the plaintiff’s case upon the facts stated in the judgment. The possession of the plaintiff was sufficient evidence of title as owner against the defendant. By Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act (1 of 1877), if the plaintiff had been dispossessed otherwise than in due course of law, he could by a suit instituted within six months from the date of the dispossession, have recovered possession, notwithstanding any other title that might be set up in such suit. If he could thus recover possession from a person who might be able to prove a title, it is certainly right and just that he should he able, against a person who has no title and is a mere wrongdoer, to obtain a declaration of title as owner, and an injunction to restrain the wrong-doer from interfering with his possession.”
    • This shows, as we understand the judgment, that the reason for their Lordships’ decision was this that as the plaintiff, had his position been rendered somewhat worse by his being dispossessed, could, by instituting a suit within six months for recovery of possession under Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act, have recovered possession even as against a person who might establish a better title, it was only right and just that if he brought his suit before he was dispossessed he could be declared entitled to retain possession as against a mere wrong-doer, and should obtain an injunction restraining the wrong-doer from interfering with his possession. But, though that was so in the case of a plaintiff who was in possession, and had, therefore, a possibility open to him of being restored to possession upon mere proof of possession, by instituting a suit under section 9 of the Specific Relief Act upon being dis-possessed, it does not follow that it should be so in the case of a plaintiff who had been in possession, and allowed more than six months to elapse after his dispossession, and therefore, lost the possibility of recovering possession, by a suit under Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act, upon mere proof of previous possession.”
  • 13. Distinguishing (1893) ILR 20 Cal 834 (PC) in the above manner, the Calcutta High Court in (1899) ILR 26 Cal 579 sought support for the dictum in the following observations of the Privy Council in J. P. Wise v. Ameerunnissa Khatoon, (1879-80) 7 Ind App 73 at p. 80 (PC):
    • “It is quite clear that the plaintiffs have failed to make out a title. The Defendants were put into possession by the Government, who were entitled to the lands, and they were ordered by the Magistrate under the Code of Criminal Procedure to be retained in possession. If the Plaintiffs had wished to contend that the Defendants had been wrongfully put into possession and that the Plaintiffs were entitled to recover on the strength of their previous possession without entering into a question of title at all, they ought to have brought their action within six months under Section 15 of Act XIV of 1859; but they did not do so. The High Court, with reference to this point say (and in their Lordships’ opinion, correctly say) : “Further, de facto possession having been given to the Defendants under Section 318 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, in accordance with the Deputy Collector’s award, the plaintiff will not be entitled to a decree until and unless he can show a better title to these lands than the Defendants. The fact that the Plaintiffs’ posses sion as regards B, C, and D was confirmed under Act IV of 1840, and that the defendants Nos. 2 and 3 unsuccessfully endeavoured to dis-turb them by regular suit, does not bar the right of Government. Section 2 of Act IV of 1840 only affects persons concerned in the dispute. If Kalkini-hud belonged to a private individual he might have reduced into his own possession lands which had accreted to the estate and which undoubtedly were his. But lands to which he is unable to make out a title cannot he recovered on the ground of previous possession merely, except in a suit under Section 15 of Act XIV of 1859, which must be brought within six months from the time of that dispossession.”
  • The Calcutta High Court on an interpretation of (1893) ILR 20 Cal 834 (PC) and (1879 80) 7 Ind App 73 (PC) has therefore taken the view that Section 9 of the Act operates as a bar to the institution of suits in which the claim for possession of any immovable property is based on anything but proprietary title.
  • 14. On the other hand, the decision in (1893) ILR 20 Cal 834 (PC) was relied on by the other High Courts for the position that possessory title can be made the foundation for suits in ejectment filed after six months from the date of dispossession against trespassers who have no title.
  • 15. The effective answer to the basis of the decision of the Calcutta High Court in (1899) ILR 26 Cal 579 has been furnished by Subra-mania Ayyar and O’ Farrell JJ. in (1900) ILR 23 Mad 179 at p. 183. Subramania Ayyar, J. at page 183 observed:
    • “And with reference to the grounds on which decision in (1899) ILR 26 Cal 579 seems to rest, it is necessary to make but two observations. The first is that Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act cannot possibly be held to take away any remedy available with reference to the well-recognised doctrine expressed in Pollock and Wright on Possession thus:–Possession in law is a substantive right or interest which exists and has legal incidents and advantages apart from the true owners title, (at page 19). The second observation is that in (1879-80) 7 Ind App 73 (PC) relied on in (1899) ILR 26 Cal 579 the defendant had a better right than the plaintiff, since the possession of the former was authorised by the Government whose properly the land in dispute was and consequently nothing said by their Lordships in a case wherein such were the facts can rightly be con-strued as intended to lay down the law differently from what it bad been all along understood to be.” and O’ Farrell, J. observed:
    • “All the dictum of the Privy Council in (1879-80) 7 Ind App 73 (PC) appears to amount to is this, that where a plaintiff in possession without any title seeks to recover possession of which be has been forcibly deprived by a defendant having a good title, he can only do so under the provisions of Section 9 of the Specific Relief Act and not otherwise.”
  • 16. The Madras High Court again in (1903) ILR 26 Mad 514 relying on (1893 ILR 20 Cal 834 (PC) took the view that Section 9 of the Act is in no way inconsistent with the position that as against a wrong-doer, prior possession of the plaintiff in an action of ejectment is sufficient title, even if a suit is brought more than six months after the date of dispossession and the wrong-doer cannot successfully resist the suit by showing that the title and right to possession are in a third person, and a plea of jus tertii is no defence unless the defendant can show that the act complained of was done by authority of the true owner and it is immaterial however short or recent the plaintiff’s possession was. The only effect of Section 9 of the Act is that if a summary suit be brought within the time prescribed by that Section, the plaintiff therein who was dispossessed otherwise than in due course of law will be entitled to be reinstated even if the defendant who thus dispossessed him be the true owner or a person authorised by or claiming under him, but a decree in such a suit will not have the force of res judicata on the question of title.
  • 17. We are in respectful agreement with the observations in (1900) ILR 23 Mad 179 and hold that the decision in (1899) ILR 26 Cal 579 has proceeded on an incorrect interpretation of the decisions in (1893) ILR 20 Cal 834 (PC) and (1879-80) 7 Ind App 73 (PC):
  • 18. There remains only to consider the decision of Mr. Justice Raman Nayar in Vasudeva Kurup v. Ammini Amma 1964 Ker LT 468 where it was held that a person in possession without title is entitled to remain in possession even as against the lawful owner until evicted in due course of law and is therefore entitled to get an order of injunction restraining the true owner from disturbing his possession. The right of a person in possession without title to get an injunction on the basis of possessory title against the true owner is not a point arising in the second appeal and we are not expressing any opinion on that aspect. The point decided in 1964 Ker L. T. 468 has no direct bearing on the question to be decided in the second appeal except that possessory title is recognised as the foundation of a claim for maintaining one’s possession. This only supports the view we are taking in this appeal.”

Read Connected Blogs:


How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Ouster & Dispossession in Adverse Possession

Taken from: How to Plead Adverse Possession? Adverse Possession: An Evolving Concept

Saji Koduvath, Advocate Kottayam.

Abstract

  • When a claim of ‘Adverse Possession’ is raised in a suit, there lies difference between (old) Limitation Act of 1908 and (new) Limitation Act of 1963, as regards (i) burden of proof and (ii) dispossession of true owner.
  • Under the 1963 Limitation Act –
    • 1. The burden to prove Adverse Possession is upon the person who claims it.
    • 2. Dispossession of true owner is an important factor to attract Adverse Possession.
    • 3. ‘Dispossession’ implies ouster itself. However, (i) the quality of evidence expected as to ‘dispossession’ in cases of adverse possession against a co-owner, or in case of a permissive-possession, stands on a ‘higher footing’; and (ii) this is particularly discerned as ‘ouster‘.
  • Under the old Limitation Act of 1908 –
    • 1. The true owner lost the right to recover property if he did not come-forward with a suit for recovery within 12 years (of losing possession).
    • 2. Therefore, the burden to prove ‘possession within 12 years’ was upon the true owner.
    • 3. Dispossession” of true owner was not an essential element of Adverse Possession. However, the requirement of ouster, for attracting Adverse Possession, insisted in cases of permissive or joint possession.

The ‘Ingredients’ of Adverse Possession

The authoritative decisions of our Apex Court made it clear that the following are the basic elements (1963 Limitation Act) to attract Adverse Possession –

  • The claimant has been in ‘hostile and open, continuous uninterrupted as of right‘ possession of the land,
  • in denial of the title of the rightful owner,
  • adversely to the interest of the owner of the land,
  • started with wrongful dispossession of the rightful owner
    • (Note: Article 65, Limitation Act says – period 12 years from dispossession),
  • exercising absolute rights of ownership in respect of the land, and
  •  on and from .. . .. (date).

And, it is appropriate to plead ‘hostile and open’ possession as under:

  • Claimant’s acts were hostile enough to make the true owner aware of the adverse possession;
  • or, the claimant made the true owner knew as to his hostile acts or adverse possession (from the inception).

In Dagadabai v. Abbas alias Gulab Rustum Pinjari, (2017) 13 SCC 705, it is observed as under:

  • “It is equally well-settled that such person must necessarily first admit the ownership of the true owner over the property to the knowledge of the true owner and secondly, the true owner has to be made a party to the suit to enable the Court to decide the plea of adverse possession between the two rival claimants.”

The celebrated decisions that analyzed the ‘ingredients’ of Adverse Possession are –

  • Government of Kerala v. Joseph, 2023 KHC OnLine 6764.
  • Ravinder Kaur Grewal v. Manjit Kaur, AIR 2019 SC 3827: (2019) 8 SCC 729
  • P.T. Munichikkanna Reddy v. Revamma, AIR 2007 SC 1753, (2007) 6 SCC 59;
  • T. Anjanappa v. Somalingappa, 2006-7 SCC 570, and
  • Karnataka Board of Wakf v. Govt of India – (2004) 10 SCC 779.

Dispossession‘ implies ouster

It is clear from the above decisions that ‘dispossession’ (of the true owner) implies ouster itself. However, (i) the quality of evidence expected as to ‘dispossession’ in cases of adverse possession, against a co-owner, or in case of a permissive-possession, stands on a ‘higher footing’; and (ii) this is particularly discerned as ‘ouster‘. (See: Vidya Devi @ Vidya Vati v. Prem Prakash, AIR 1995 SC 1789, 1995-4 SCC 496.)

What is ouster?

“Black’s Law Dictionary” explains ‘ouster‘ as under:

  • “A putting out; dispossession; amotion of possession. A species of injuries to things real, by which the wrong-doer gains actual occupation of the land, and compels the rightful owner to seek his legal remedy in order to gain possession.
  • An “ouster” is a wrongful dispossession or exclusion of a party from real property and involves a question of intent.
  • Notorious and unequivocal act by which one cotenant deprives another of right to common and equal possession and enjoyment of property.” 

Webster’s New World Law Dictionary expounds ‘ouster’ as under:

  • Ouster: n. 1 The wrongful exclusion of a person from property or dispossession of same. 2 The removing from office of a public or corporate official.”

In P Ramanatha Aiyar’s “The Law Lexicon” with Legal Maxims, Latin Terms and Words & Phrases, Second Edition 1997) it is laid down-

  • “Dispossession” implies ouster, and the essence of ouster lies in that the person ousting is in actual possession.
  • Dispossession implies some active element in the mind of a person in ousting or dislodging or depriving a person against his will or counsel and there must be some sort of action on his part.” (Quoted in: U. P.  Gandhi Smarak Nidhi v. Aziz Mian, 2013-3 ADJ 321, 2013-4 All LJ 149)

In “Mitra’s Legal and Commercial Dictionary” 5th Edition (1990) by A.N. Saha, ‘Dispossession’ is explained as under:

  • “The term ‘dispossession’ applies when a person comes in and drives out others from possession. It imports ouster; a driving out of possession against the will of the person in actual possession.” (Quoted in: U. P.  Gandhi Smarak Nidhi v. Aziz Mian, 2013-3 ADJ 321, 2013-4 All LJ 149)

Permissive Possession Cannot Be Basis For Adverse Possession

It is definitely held in State of Haryana v. Amin Lal, 19 Nov 2024, (SC) as under:

  • “Permissive possession cannot be the basis for a claim of adverse possession.”

See also:

  • Neelam Gupta v. Rajendra Kumar Gupta, 2024 INSC 769
  • Ram Nagina Rai v. Deo Kumar Rai, 2019-13 SCC 324
  • Thakur Kishan Singh v. Arvind Kumar, 1994-6 SCC 591
  • L.N. Aswathama v. P. Prakash  (2009) 13 SCC 229
  • R. Hanumaiah v. Secretary to Government of Karnataka, Revenue Department, (2010) 5 SCC 203

In Chandramathy C.S. v. Devakey Amma, 2010 (4) KerHC 383it is pointed out – ‘Permissive possession is not at all adverse and limitation does not commence until possession become adverse. The defendants have not stated as to when permissive possession became adverse to the real owner.’ (Referred to in: Abdul Hameed Rawtherv. Basheer, ILR 2024-2 Ker 527; 2024 3 KHC 216; 2024 3 KLT 812.

‘Ouster’ of Co-owners

It is considered in Vidya Devi @ Vidya Vati v. Prem Prakash, AIR 1995 SC 1789, 1995-4 SCC 496. It is held as under:

  • ” ‘Ouster’ does not mean actual driving out of the co- sharer from the property. It will, however, not be complete unless it is coupled with all other ingredients required to constitute adverse possession. Broadly speaking, three elements are necessary for establishing the plea of ouster in the case of co-owner. They are –
    • (i) declaration of hostile animus
    • (ii) long and uninterrupted possession of the person pleading ouster and
    • (iii) exercise of right of exclusive ownership openly and to the knowledge of other co-owner.
  • Thus, a co-owner, can under law, claim title by adverse possession against another co-owner who can, of course, file appropriate suit including suit for joint possession within time prescribed by law.”

Plea and proof of ouster is necessary when one plead adverse possession against a co-owner. Express, positive and specific overt acts ousting co-owner from possession are necessary; merehostile acts of the adverse possession are not enough(See: Velliyottummel Sooppi v. Nadukandy Moossa, AIR 1969 Ker 222).

Privy Council in Coera v. Appuhamy,AIR 1914 PC 243 held as under:

  • “Entering into possession and having a lawful title to enter, he could not divest himself of that title by pretending that he had no title as all. His title must have ensured for the benefit of his co-proprietors. The principle recognised by Wood, V.C. in Thomas v. Thomas (1856) 25 LJ Ch 159 (161): 110 RR 107 holds good: `Possession is never considered adverse if it can be referred to a lawful title’….. His possession was, in law, the possession of his co-owners. It was not possible for him to put an end to that possession by any secret intention in his mind. Nothing short of ouster or something equivalent to ouster could bring about that result.”(Quoted in: Vidya Devi @ Vidya Vati v. Prem Prakash, AIR 1995 SC 1789, 1995-4 SCC   496).

Permissive Possession will not bring-forth Adverse Possession

When the old Limitation Act of 1908 reigned, our Apex Court, in P. Lakshmi Reddy v. L. Lakshmi Reddy, AIR 1957 SC 314, following Debendra Lal Khan case, (1933-34) 61 IA 78 : AIR 1934 PC 23], observed as under :

  • “4. … But it is well-settled that in order to establish adverse possession of one coheir as against another it is not enough to show that one out of them is in sole possession and enjoyment of the profits, of the properties. Ouster of the non-possessing co-heir by the co-heir in possession who claims his possession to be adverse, should be made out. The possession of one co-heir is considered, in law, as possession of all the co-heirs. When one co-heir is found to be in possession of the properties it is presumed to be on the basis of joint title. The co-heir in possession cannot render his possession adverse to the other co-heir not in possession merely by any secret hostile animus on his own part in derogation of the other co-heir’s title. It is a settled rule of law that as between co-heirs there must be evidence of open assertion of hostile title, coupled with exclusive possession and enjoyment by one of them to the knowledge of the other so as to constitute ouster. … the burden of making out ouster is on the person claiming to displace the lawful title of a co-heir by his adverse possession.” (Quoted in: Hemaji Waghaji Jat v. Bhikabhai Khengarbhai Harijan, (2009) 16 SCC 517).

Amimus and Adverse Possession

  • In L.N. Aswathama v. P. Prakash  (2009) 13 SCC 229 it is held – permissive possession or possession in the absence of Animus possidendi would not constitute the claim of adverse possession.
  • In Thakur Kishan Singh v. Arvind Kumar (1994) 6 SCC 591 it is held – possession of a co-owner or of a licensee or of an agent or a permissive possession to become adverse must show hostile animus and possession adverse to the knowledge of real owner. Mere possession for howsoever length of time does not result in converting the permissive possession into adverse possession.

‘Dispossession’ implies ouster itself.

From the above decisions it is clear that ‘dispossession’ implies ouster itself. However, the quality of evidence expected as to ‘dispossession’ in cases of adverse possession against a co-owner or in case of a permissive-possession is ‘higher’; and this ‘dispossession’ is termed as ouster.

Denial of Title of the True Owner

In Kurella Naga Druva Vudaya Bhaskara Rao v. Galla Jani Kamma Alias Nacharamma, (2008) 15 SCC 150, it was pointed out – if according to the defendant, the plaintiff was not the true owner, his possession would not have been sufficient to term it ‘hostile’ to the plaintiff’s title; and that the defendant had to show, to attract adverse possession, that his possession was also hostile to the title and possession of the true owner.

It not sure who the true owner is, there will be no Adverse Possession

Adverse possession is hostile possession which is expressly or impliedly in denial of title of the true owner. To attract adverse possession there must be animus possidendi to hold the land adverse to the title of the true owner (Chatti Konati Rao v. Palle Venkata Subba Rao, 2010-14 SCC 316; M. Venkatesh v. BDA, 2015-17 SCC 1; Brijesh Kumar v. Shardabai, 2019-9 SCC 369) with the knowledge of the true owner. If the defendants are not sure who the true owner is, there will be no question of possessing the property hostile to the true owner (T. Anjanappa v. Somalingappa, 2006-7 SCC 570; Uttam Chand v. Nathu Ram, 2020-11 SCC 263, AIR  2020 SC 46).

Claimant must have accepted title of the true owner

It is a basic factor in adverse possession- the claimant thereof must have accepted the title of the true owner.

In Nand Ram v.  Jagdish Prasad, (2020) 9 SCC 393, it was pointed out by the Apex Court :

  • The question of adverse possession without admitting the title of the real owner is not tenable.  

In Uttam Chand v. Nathu Ram, 2020-11 SCC 263, AIR  2020 SC 461, our Apex Court allowed the appeal, negating the claim of adverse possession raised by the defendant, inter alia, for not accepting the title of the plaintiff (true owner), by the defendant. It was observed  as under: “16. In the present case, the defendants have not admitted the vesting of the suit property with the Managing Officer and the factum of its transfer in favour of the plaintiff. The defendants have denied the title not only of the Managing Officer

Legal ramifications of ‘Ouster’ in Adverse Possession

The simple word meaning of the term ‘ouster‘ is dispossession, removal, eviction, deprivation etc. It is definite that “dispossession” is an important element in the 1963 Limitation Act to attract Adverse Possession.

Legal ramifications of ‘ouster‘ is examined in Vidya Devi @ Vidya Vati v. Prem Prakash, AIR 1995 SC 1789, 1995-4 SCC 496. It is held as under:

  • ” ‘Ouster’ does not mean actual driving out of the co- sharer from the property. It will, however, not be complete unless it is coupled with all other ingredients required to constitute adverse possession. Broadly speaking, three elements are necessary for establishing the plea of ouster in the case of co-owner. They are –
    • (i) declaration of hostile animus
    • (ii) long and uninterrupted possession of the person pleading ouster and
    • (iii) exercise of right of exclusive ownership openly and to the knowledge of other co-owner.
  • Thus, a co-owner, can under law, claim title by adverse possession against another co-owner who can, of course, file appropriate suit including suit for joint possession within time prescribed by law.”

From Vidya Devi @ Vidya Vati v. Prem Prakash it is clear that, in our law, ‘ouster‘ is a compendium of all ingredients to attract Adverse Possession.

1908 Limitation Act – ‘Ouster’ Needed against co-owner (for adverse possession)

Under 1908 Limitation Act, the the true owner lost the right to recover property if he did not come-forward with a suit for recovery within 12 years.

  • Note: (i) Under 1908 Limitation Act, ‘dispossession’ of true owner was not a necessary requirement to attract Adverse Possession. (ii) But, under 1963 Limitation Act, ‘dispossession’ of true owner is a decisive requisite to attract Adverse Possession.

Permissive possession will not bring-in Adverse Possession. Therefore, under 1908 Limitation Act, plea and proof of ouster were insisted when one pleaded adverse possession against a co-owner; that is, positive and specific overt acts, ousting co-owner from possession, were imperative; and mere hostile acts of adverse possession were not enough (See: Velliyottummel Sooppi v. Nadukandy Moossa, AIR 1969 Ker 222).

Privy Council in Coera v. Appuhamy, AIR 1914 PC 243 held as under:

  • “Entering into possession and having a lawful title to enter, he could not divest himself of that title by pretending that he had no title as all. His title must have ensured for the benefit of his co-proprietors.
  • The principle recognised by Wood, V.C. in Thomas Vs. Thomas (1856) 25 LJ Ch 159 (161): 110 RR 107 holds good: ‘Possession is never considered adverse if it can be referred to a lawful title’….. 
  • His possession was, in law, the possession of his co-owners. It was not possible for him to put an end to that possession by any secret intention in his mind. Nothing short of ouster or something equivalent to ouster could bring about that result.” (Quoted in: Vidya Devi @ Vidya Vati v. Prem Prakash, AIR 1995 SC 1789, 1995-4 SCC   496. See also: Kshithish Chandra Bose v. Commissioner of Ranchi, AIR 1981 SC 707.)

Article 142 of the (Repealed) Limitation Act, 1908

Article 142 of the (repealed) Limitation Act, 1908, which dealt with Adverse Possession, did not put down the term ‘adverse’. 

Article 142 of the Limitation Act, 1908 reads as under:

142. For possession of immovable property when the plaintiff, while in possession of the property, has been dispossessed or has discontinued the possession12 yearsThe date of the dispossession or discontinuance

Article 142 of the Limitation Act, 1908 provided that the true owner would lose his right to recover the property from a trespasser if he failed to file a suit within the period of 12 years.

Art. 65 of Limitation. Act, 1963

Articles 65 of the Limitation Act, 1963 brought-in  complete change insofar as the onus of proof is concerned:

65. For possession of immovable property or any interest therein based on title.12 yearsWhen the possession of Defendant becomes
adverse to the plaintiff.

When these provisions Attracted

  • Plaintiff must have been dispossessed by the defendant.
  • Both Acts deal with limitation for suits for recovery of possession.

Old Act of 1908 – Backdrop

  • Under the old Act of 1908, the true owner was bound to file suit for recovery (from a trespasser) within 12 years of losing possession (to continue the property).
  • In other words, under the old Act, the true owner would lose his right to recover the property if he failed to file a suit within the period of 12 years.
  • Under the 1908 Act, it was immaterial – whether the trespasser ‘acquired’ right of adverse possession against the true owner, knowing him and bringing his attention to the ‘trespass’ (as required in 1963 Act).
  • The requirement of ouster, for attracting Adverse Possession, needed only in case of permissive or joint possession, including that of a co-owner or of a licensee or of an agent

New 1963 Act – Backdrop

  • Under the new Limitation Act, 1963 (Article 65), the true owner will lose title only if the trespasser proves ‘adverse‘ possession for 12 years. Therefore the true owner has no burden to show possession within 12 years (as required under the old Act).
  • The new Act casts onus on the trespasser to prove claims of title by ‘adverse’ possession (knowing him and bringing his attention to the ‘trespass’).
  • Under the 1963 Act, adverse possession arises, only if dispossession of true owner and only by the positive and hostile acts of the trespasser; and, mere possession is not sufficient (but, it must be ‘adverse’ to the true owner).
  • If no adverse possession, mere possession, of trespasser, however long, will not lose the right of the true owner (on the ground of limitation) to recover property on the basis of his title. [See: Government of Kerala v. Joseph, 2023 KHC OnLine 6764; Gaya Prasad Dikshit v. Dr. Nirmal Chander and Anr. (two-Judge Bench) (1984) 2 SCC 286, Thakur Kishan Singh v. Arvind Kumar, (1994) 6 SCC 591;Mallikarjunaiah v. Nanjaiah, (2019) 15 SCC 756].

Article 64 and 65 Analysed

Article 64 and 65 of the Limitation Act, 1963 read as under:

64. For possession of immovable property based on previous possession and not on title, when the plaintiff while in possession of the property has been dispossessed.12 yearsThe date of dispossession.
65. For possession of immovable property or any interest therein based on title.12 yearsWhen the possession of Defendant becomes
adverse to the plaintiff.

General Propositions (Apply to both Sec. 64 and 65)

  • Both these Articles are attracted when the plaintiff has been dispossessed by the defendant.
  • Both articles deal with limitation for suits for recovery of possession.
  • Both are independent and apply two different situations.
  • In both these cases the defendant can rely on his title; or “perfection” of title by ‘adverse possession’, because, by virtue of extinguishment of title of the owner, the person in possession acquires absolute title (Ravinder Kaur Grewal v. Manjit Kaur AIR 2019 SC 3827).

Article 64

  • Article 64 is based on previous possession of plaintiff (unlike Article 65 which speaks about Title).
  • Article 64 is not based on title of plaintiff (But, it can be possessory title).
  • Article 64 applies only if the plaintiff lost possession within 12 years (in other words, he must have been in possession of the property within twelve years prior to suit. (Tribeni v. Soaroop, AIR 1911 Raj 232)  
  • Under Article 64, it is unnecessary to inquire – whether the defendant’s possession was ‘adverse’. (Muhammad Amanullah v. Badan Singh (1889) ILR l7 Cal 137 (PC).
  • Under Article 64 the nature of the plaintiffs possession is not material. Article 65 specifically refers to “immovable property or any interest therein” whereas Article 64 mentions only “immovable property”. So the interest in immovable properly stands outside the scope of that article.

Article 65

  • Article 65 deals with recovery based on title.
  • Under Article 65 previous possession of plaintiff (within twelve years) need not be proved. It is immaterial. (Jagannath Garnaik v. Sankar Samal, AIR 1990 Ori 124; State of Orissa v Jhtnjhuntallo, 1986 CLT 55.)  
  • Under Article 65, if plaintiff could prove his title, it would fail only if the defendant proves adverse possession over twelve years. (Bhushan Lal v. Suresh Kumar, AIR 1987 All 25,  Manikyala Rao v. Narasimhaswrami, AIR 1996 SC 470.)
  • Under Article 65, if plaintiff could not prove his title, he will fail (and in such a case, whether the defendant proves title or adverse possession is immaterial). (Ranjit Kumar Bhowmik v.  Subodh Kumar Roy, (2004) I WBLR 228: (2004) 2 CHN 180)
  • Under Article 65, if only title of plaintiff is proved, then only adverse possession of defendant becomes a material point.

Should there be a Counter Claim for Declaration?

There are three potential divergent views.

  • First, it being governed by the provisions of the Limitation Statute (including Sec. 27, Limitation Act) no declaration is needed.
  • Second, the court has to raise an issue on title on adverse possession (if no declaration of title is sought for, by way of counter claim), and direct the defendant to pay court fees as provided in the Court Fees Act (i.e., as provided for in the Section pertaining to ‘Court fee for Injunction’).
  • Third, Declaration is necessary.

It appears that the first view is the most reasonable and cogent one. Because, Article 65 itself provides that the plaintiff would fail if the defendant proves adverse possession over twelve years. Sec. 27 also confers a vested right. It reads as under:

  • 27. Extinguishment of right to property—At the determination of the period hereby limited to any person for instituting a suit for possession of any property, his right to such property shall be extinguished.

Burden/Onus of Proof – Complete change by Limitation Act, 1963

In the recent decision, Government of Kerala v. Joseph, 2023 KHC OnLine 6764, our Apex Court observed that burden of proof rests on the person claiming adverse possession. The Court followed P.T. Munichikkanna Reddy v. Revamma, (2007) 6 SCC 59, which observed as under:

  • “34. The law in this behalf has undergone a change. In terms of Articles 142 and 144 of the Limitation Act, 1908, the burden of proof was on the plaintiff to show within 12 years from the date of institution of the suit that he had title and possession of the land, whereas in terms of Articles 64 and 65 of the Limitation Act, 1963, the legal position has underwent complete change insofar as the onus is concerned: once a party proves its title, the onus of proof would be on the other party to prove claims of title by adverse possession….”

Claim of Adverse Possession on Govt. Land –  be Considered “More Seriously”

In the recent decision (August 9, 2023), Govt. of Kerala v. Joseph, 2023 KHC OnLine 6764, our Apex Court has emphasised, that the Courts have to consider the question of adverse possession “more seriously” when it is claimed on a land that belongs to the Government. In this case, the judgment of the first appellate court which observed that ‘the title of the Government on land cannot be lost by placing reliance on “casual advertence” or on the basis of “scanty material” ’ was restored by the Apex Court.  The Apex Court held –

  • “When the land subject of proceedings wherein adverse possession has been claimed, belongs to the Government, the Court is duty-bound to act with greater seriousness, effectiveness, care and circumspection as it may lead to destruction of a right/title of the State to immovable property.”

Date of Adverse Possession & Knowledge to the True Owner etc.

Chatti Konati Rao v. Palle Venkata Subba Rao, (2010) 14 SCC 316 explored Animus possidendi as a requisite ingredient of adverse possession. It was found that a mere possession does not ripen into possessory title until the possessor holds the property adverse to the title of the true owner. The date on which he came in possession, nature of possession, the factum of possession, knowledge to the true owner, duration of possession and that possession was open and undisturbed – must be established. (Referred to in: Brijesh Kumar v. Shardabai, (2019) 9 SCC 369; Uttam Chand v. Nathu Ram, 2020-11 SCC 263, AIR  2020 SC 46).

Owner “not take care to know notorious facts”  and hostile colour of title, required

In P Lakshmi Reddy v. L Lakshmi Reddy, 1957 SCR 195, it was observed as under:

  • “7…Consonant with this principle the commencement of adverse possession, in favour of a person implies that the person is in actual possession, at the time, with a notorious hostile claim of exclusive title, to repel which, the true owner would then be in a position to maintain an action. It would follow that whatever may be the animus or intention of a person wanting to acquire title by adverse possession his adverse possession cannot commence until he obtains actual possession with the requisite animus.” (Quoted in: M Siddiq v. Mahant Suresh Das, 2020-1 SCC 1)

Ravinder Kaur Grewal v. Manjit Kaur, (2019) 8 SCC 729, has held as under:

  • “60. The adverse possession requires all the three classic requirements to co-exist at the same time, namely, nec vi i.e. adequate in continuity, nec clam i.e. adequate in publicity and nec precario i.e. adverse to a competitor, in denial of title and his knowledge. Visible, notorious and peaceful so that if the owner does not take care to know notorious facts, knowledge is attributed to him on the basis that but for due diligence he would have known it. Adverse possession cannot be decreed on a title which is not pleaded. Animus possidendi under hostile colour of title is required. Trespasser’s long possession is not synonymous with adverse possession…”

No Equities in favour of a Person Pleading Adverse Possession

In Chatti Konati Rao v. Palle Venkata Subba Rao, (2010) 14 SCC 316, it is observed as under:

  • “A person pleading adverse possession has no equities in his favour as he is trying to defeat the rights of the true owner and, hence, it is for him to clearly plead and establish all facts necessary to establish adverse possession. The courts always take unkind view towards statutes of limitation overriding property rights. The plea of adverse possession is not a pure question of law but a blended one of fact and law.”

Can Government assert adverse possession?

No.

It is held in State of Haryana v.Amin Lal, 19 Nov 2024, (SC) as under:

  • “It is a fundamental principle that the State cannot claim adverse possession over the property of its own citizens.”

Following decisions were referred to:

  • Vidya Devi v. State of H.P, (2020) 2 SCC 569
  • Tukaram Kana Joshi v. MIDC, (2013) 1 SCC 353
  • State of Haryana v. Mukesh Kumar, (2011) 10 SCC 404.

Also read:

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Law on Damages

Jojy George Koduvath

Introduction

Damages arise from ‘tortious liability’ and ‘breach of contract’.

It is observed in Rajkot Municipal Corpn. v. Manjulben Jayantilal Nakum, (1997) 9 SCC 552, as under:

  • In tort, liability is primarily fixed by law while in contract they are fixed by the parties themselves
  • In tort, the duty is towards the persons generally while in contract it is towards specific person or persons.
  • If the claim depends upon proof of breach of the contract, action does not lie in tort.
  • If the claim arises, from the relationship between the parties, independent of the contract, an action would lie in tort at the election of the plaintiff, although the might alternatively have pleaded in contract.”

PART I

Tortious Liability

Blacks Law Dictionary defines ‘tort’ as violation of duty imposed by general law or otherwise upon all persons occupying the relation to each other involved in a given transaction. There must always be a violation of some duty owed to plaintiff and generally such a duty must arise by operation of law and not by mere agreement of the parties.

Essential Elements of Tortious Liability

The essential elements of tortious liability are –

  • (a) some wrong doing and (b) negligence or strict liability.

Damages in Civil Cases:

  1. It is a matter for judicial determination.
  2. Therefore, a proper civil suit is necessary.
  3. The damages may be special damages (as in contract) or general damages (as in tort; also, sometimes, in contract).

General Damages (contra distinct to specific damages as in breach of contract):

  • It is the damages awarded by the court for the harm inflicted by the defendant upon the plaintiff, like pain and suffering. It can be –
    • It includes mental anguish, anxiety.
    • Public humiliation, loss of reputation, shame.
    • Sleep-disturbance, emotional distress, depression.

Kinds of Damages Awarded by Court:

Damages (in general) are of three kinds: First, nominal; Second, general damages; Third, special damages.

The court awards following types of damages.

  • .1. Exemplary/punitive damages – it is in the form of a punishment against the defendant for his illicit acts.  The award of damages may exceed the actual loss suffered by the plaintiff in such cases.
  • 2. Aggravated damages – It is awarded over and above the actual damages that may be calculated in a normal case; or, the actual pecuniary loss.  It is done considering the gravity of the illicit act of the defendant; or, to make good the injury or deprivations suffered by the plaintiff.
  • 3. Compensatory damages – In the cases where damages are awarded as compensatory damages the courts consider the actual injury or damages suffered by the plaintiff.  It may be the expenses for the treatment or the loss of  income.
  • 4. Contemptuous damage – In the award of contemptuous damages the court does not award the exact or proved loss suffered by the plaintiff; it gives only a lesser amount.  
  • 5. Nominal damages – In cases where nominal damages were awarded, court does not take the actual (or reasonable) damages suffered by the plaintiff.   It is done in cases where the plaintiff failed to prove the damages in money terms, or where the court considers that the plaintiff is not entitled for a compensation in its full sense.

Quantum of Damages where No Scale to Measure Damages:

Where the plaintiff proved his entitlement for damages but failed to place the materials for the foundation of fixing damages in Tort, should the plaint be dismissed?

  • No. The court can, in such cases, award –
    • (i) nominal damages; or
    • (ii) damages considering the attendant or all relevant circumstances to fix the damages.

Guess work -In K. Narendra v. Riviera Apartments (P) Ltd., AIR 1999 SC 2309, our Apex Court while dealing with award of compensation under Sect. 21 of the Specific Relief Act opined that ‘compensation to some extent is a matter of guess work’. The explanation appended to the Section expressly enacts that the Court is not precluded from exercising jurisdiction to award compensation even in a case where the contract has been rendered incapable of specific performance.

Wrong-doer cannot complain damages cannot be measured – In Story Parchment Co. Vs. Paterson Parchment Paper Co., 282 U.S. 555 (1931), it was held that the wrong-doer is not entitled to complain that the damages cannot be measured with exactness or precession.

Should actual Damages be Established in Court?

For awarding damages under Tort, some objective evidence must be placed before the court so that the court can fix the quantum; otherwise, the court may award only nominal damages.

How the court determines pecuniary damages in Tort?

For asserting tortious liability, as observed by our Apex Court, in Rajkot Municipal Corpn. v. Manjulben Jayantilal Nakum, 1997 (9) SCC 552, it must be established before a court of law that:

  • (i) The defendant was under duty of care, primarily fixed by law, not to create physical danger to the person or property of third party;
  • (ii)  The defendant ought to have reasonably foreseen the physical danger likely to be affected;
  • (iii)  Violation of such duty fastened liability upon the defendant to pay damages; and
  • (iv) Actual physical damage must have been caused to the plaintiff or his property out of such breach of duty.

Foreseeability of Damages

In United India Insurance Co.  v. Thomas, 1999-1 KLT 165; 1999 1 RCR(Civ) 610, the Kerala High Court held as under:

  •  “In a suit for damages in a tort case, the court has power to award pecuniary compensation to the plaintiff for the injury or damage caused to him out of the wrongful act of the defendant. The test employed for determining whether the defendant is liable for damages is the test of directness, that is to say the defendant is liable for all direct consequences of the tortuous acts suffered by the plaintiff whether or not a reasonable man would have foreseen them. The Court of Appeal in Re Polemis and Furness, Withy & Co. Ltd. (1921) 3 K.B. 560) held that once the tortuous act is established the defendant is to be held liable for all the damages which ‘is in fact directly traceable to the negligent act, and not due to independent causes having no connection with the negligent act’.
  • Foreseeability of some damage is relevant to decide whether the act complained of was negligent or not. But the liability for damages is not restricted to foreseeable damage but extends to all the damage directly traceable to the negligent act. This view was adopted by the Privy Council in Overseas Tankship (U.K.) Ltd. v. Morts Dock & Engineering Co. Ltd. (1961) 1 All. E.R.404 (PC). In holding foresee ability to be the correct test, the judicial committee observed that Polemis” case (supra) should not be regarded as a good law. Lord Viscound Simonds observed:
    • “For it does not seem consonant with current ideas of justice or morality that, for an act of negligence .however slight or venial, which results in some trivial foreseeable damage, the actor should be liable for all consequences, however, unforeseeable and however grave, so long as they can be said to be “direct”. It is a principle of civil liability subject only to qualifications which have no present relevance, that a man must be considered to be responsible for the probable consequences of his act.”
  • His Lordship further said:
    • “But, with great respect to the full court, this is surely irrelevant, or, if it is relevant, only serves to show that the Polemis rule works in a very strange way. After the event even a fool is wise. Yet it is not the hindsight of a fool, but it is the foresight of the reasonable man which alone can determine responsibility. The Polemis rule, by substituting “direct” for “reasonably foreseeable” consequence, leads to a conclusion equally illogical and unjust.”
  • The above test of foreseeability was affirmed in The Wagon Mound (No. 2) (1966) 2 All. E.R.709) and Hughes v. Lord Advocate (1963) 1 All. E.R.705). While adjudicating the claim for compensation by the Tribunal under S.165 of the Act the foresee ability test has no application. It is for the Civil Court to apply this test while assessing the damages in accordance with the facts and circumstances of each case.”

Pleadings and Future Damages

In Bhagwati Prasad v. Chandramaul, AIR 1966 SC 735; 1966-2 SCR 286, It was held as under:

  • “Once it is held that the plaintiff is entitled to eject the defendant, it follows that from the date of the decree granting the relief of ejectment to the plaintiff, the defendant who remains in possession of the property despite the decree, must pay mesne profits or damages for use and occupation of the said property until it is delivered to the plaintiff. A decree for ejectment in such a case must be accompanied by a direction for payment of the future mesne profits or damages. Then as to the rate at which future mesne profits can be awarded to the plaintiff, we see no reason to differ from the view taken by the trial Court that the reasonable amount in the present case would be Rs. 300/- per month.”

Do Indian Courts award Exemplary Damages?

V.R. Krishna Iyer, J., in Organo Chemical Industries v. Union of India, AIR 1979 SC 1803; 1979(4) SCC 573, says as to the ‘exemplary damages‘ as follows:

  • “But the essentials are (a) detriment to one by wrongdoing of another, (b) reparation awarded to the injured through legal remedies and (c) its quantum being determined by the dual components of pecuniary compensation for the loss suffered and often, not always, a punitive addition as a deterrent-cum-denunciation by the law.
  • For instance, ”exemplary damages” are damages on an increased scale, awarded to the Plaintiff over and above what will barely compensate him for his property loss, where the wrong done to him was aggravated by circumstances of violence, oppression, malice, fraud, or wanton and wicked conduct on the part of the Defendant, and are intended to solace the Plaintiff for mental anguish, laceration of his feelings, shame, degradation, or other aggravations of me original wrong, or else to punish the Defendant for his evil behaviour or to make an example of him, for which reason they are also called “punitive” or “punitory” damages or “vindictive” damages, and (vulgarly) “smart-money”. (Quoted in: A. Valliammal vs Chitra Travels and The Branch Manager, United India Insurance Co. Ltd., (2011) ACJ 1964 : (2010) 3 LW 132)

As in England (Rooks Vs. Bernard, [1964 AC 1129: (1964) 1 All ER 367, 410] ; Cassel Vs. Broome, [1972 AC 1027: (1972) 1 All ER 801]) Indian courts also award  exemplary damages in rare cases.  Such damages are awarded if only the court finds that there is contumacious, arbitrary and willful acts from the part of the defendant; and the court finds that the plaintiff deserves a sympathetic consideration from the court; and that the plaintiff proves his case in toto.

In some cases, such damages are seen awarded against the Govt. The Supreme Court awarded exemplary damages in the following cases:

  1. Ghaziabad Development Authority Vs. Balbir Singh, (2004) 5 SCC 65.
    • Referred to – Salmond and Heuston on the Law of Torts; Cassell & Co. Ltd. v. Broome [1972 AC 1027: (1972) 1 All ER 801]; and  Rookes v. Barnard [1964 AC 1129: (1964) 1 All ER 367, 410].
  2. Lucknow Development Authority Vs. M.K.Gupta, AIR 1994 SC 787, 1994 SCC (1) 243
    • Referred to – Salmond and Heuston on the Law of Torts.

The Bombay High Court awarded exemplary damages in Rustom K. Karangia Vs. Krishnaraj, AIR 1970 Bom. 424. In this case it was found that there was high-handed, oppressive, insulting,  or contumacious behavior from the part of the defendant which increased mental pain and suffering to the plaintiff,  by defamation.

In A. Valliammal vs Chitra Travels and The Branch Manager, United India Insurance Co. Ltd., (2011) ACJ 1964 : (2010) 3 LW 132) it is observed as under as regards ‘general damages’:

  • “15. Broadly speaking, general damages are compensation for that kind of damage which the law presumes to follow from the wrong complained of and which therefore, need not be specifically mentioned in the pleadings. On the contrary, special damages are compensation for damage of such a kind that it will not be presumed by the law, but must be specially set out and proved by the party who claims it.”

General and Special Damages

Halsbury’s Laws of England (Vol. 24, 3rd Edn., paras 222 – 224), provides the list of items that could fall under general and special categories of damages. They are the following –

  • General
  • .(a) mere injury to feelings,
  • (b) the illness of the Plaintiff, illness not being a natural result of the defamatory words,
  • (c) illness of any other person,
  • (d) the death of any other person,
  • (e) the mere loss of the society of acquaintances, as contrasted with the material loss of hospitality,
  • (f) the loss of membership of some society or congregation constituted for religious purposes, the membership of which does not carry with it material temporal advantages,
  • (g) any damage not pecuniary or capable of being estimated in money.
  • Special
  • (a) loss of consortium of husband,
  • (b) loss of marriage,
  • (c) loss of material hospitality,
  • (d) loss of employment,
  • (e) loss of dealing, even though it might have turned out unprofitably,
  • (f) loss of particular customers,
  • (g) general falling off of profits,
  • (h) any other material loss. (Quoted in: A. Valliammal vs Chitra Travels and The Branch Manager, United India Insurance Co. Ltd., (2011) ACJ 1964 : (2010) 3 LW 132)

Remoteness of Damages

Our Supreme Court, in Karsandas H. Thacker v. The Saran Engineering Co. Ltd., AIR 1965 SC 1981, held that compensation was not to be given for any remote and indirect loss or damage sustained by reason of breach.

One might be liable to another for breach of any liability.  But the first one will not be responsible for indirect or remote loss that may have been arisen from his act or omission. That is, courts will award damages for ‘natural and probable result’ of the wrong act of the defendant.In the celebrated decision Hadley v. Baxendale [1854] EWHC J70, it is held as under:

  • “Where two parties have made a contract which one of them has broken, the damages which the other party ought to receive in respect of such breach of contract should be such as may fairly and reasonably be considered either arising naturally, i.e., according to the usual course of things, from such breach of contract itself, or such as may reasonably be supposed to have been in the contemplation of both parties, at the time they made the contract, as the probable result of the breach of it.”

In Donoghue v. Stevenson [(1932) AC 562, 581], another well known decision it is held, as regards proximity of damage, as under:

  • “Such close and direct relations that the act complained of directly affects a person whom the person alleged to be bound to take care would know would be directly affected by his careless act.”
  • “…the postulate of a simple duty to avoid any harm that is, with hindsight, reasonably capable of being foreseen becomes untenable without the imposition of some intelligible limits to keep the law of negligence within the bounds of common sense and practicality. Those limits have been found by the requirement of what has been called a “relationship of proximity” between plaintiff and defendant and by the imposition of a further requirement that the attachment of liability for harm which has occurred be “just and reasonable”. But although the cases in which the courts have imposed or withheld liability are capable of an approximate categorisation, one looks in vain for some common denominator by which the existence of the essential relationship can be tested. Indeed it is difficult to resist a conclusion that what have been treated as three separate requirements are, at least in most cases, in fact merely facets of the same thing, for in some cases the degree of foreseeability is such that it is from that alone that the requisite proximity can be deduced, whilst in others the absence of that essential relationship can most rationally be attributed simply to the court’s view that it would not be fair and reasonable to hold the defendant responsible. “Proximity” is, no doubt, a convenient expression so long as it is realised that it is no more than a label which embraces not a definable concept but merely a description of circumstances from which, pragmetically, the courts conclude that a duty of care exists.” (Quoted in: Rajkot Municipal Corporation v. Manjulben Jayantilal Nakum, (1997) 9 SCC 552)

Chitty on Contracts 26th edn (1989) Vol. 2, p. 1128- 1129 says as under:

  • “The important issue in remoteness of damage in the law of contract is whether a particular loss was within the reasonable contemplation of the parties, but causation must also be proved: there must be a causal connection between the defendant’s breach of contract and the plaintiff’s loss. The courts have avoided laying down any formal tests for causation: they have relied on common sense to guide decisions as to whether a breach of contract is a sufficiently substantial cause of plaintiff’s loss.” (quoted in Kanchan Udyog Ltd. v. United Spirits Ltd. (2017) 8 SCC 237)

In Rajkot Municipal Corporation v. Manjulben Jayantilal Nakum, (1997) 9 SCC 552, our Apex Court held as under:

  • “It is seen that when a person uses a road or highway, under common law one has a right to passage over the public way. When the defendant creates by positive action any danger and no signal or warnings are given and consequently damage is done, the proximate relationship gets established between the plaintiff and the defendant and the causation is not too remote. Equally, when the defendant omits to perform a particular duty enjoined by the statute or does that duty carelessly, there is proximity between the plaintiff-injured person and the defendant in performance of the duty and when injury occurs or damage is suffered to person or property, cause of action arises to enable the plaintiff to claim damages from the defendant. But when the causation is too remote, it is difficult to anticipate with any reasonable certainty as ordinary reasonable prudent man, to foresee damage or injury to the plaintiff due to causation or omission on the part of the defendant in the performance or negligence in the performance of the duty.”

In this case (Rajkot Municipal Corporation v. Manjulben Jayantilal Nakum, (1997) 9 SCC 552) our Apex Court referred various foreign decisions including the following:

  • Hadley v. Baxendale [(1854) 9 Ex. 341], Haynes v. Harwood [(1935 1 K.B. 146], Dorset Yacht Co. v. Home Office [(1970) AC 1004], Geddis v. Proprietors of Bann Reservoir [1978) 3 App. Cas. 430],  Bourhill v. Young [(1943) AC 92],  Anns v. Merton London Borough [(1978) AC 728], Donoghue v. Stevenson [(1932) AC 562, Hedley Byrne & Co. Ltd. v. Heller & Partnrs Ltd. [(1964) AC 465], Dorset Yacht Co. v. Home Office [(1970) AC 1004], Murphy v. Brentwood District Council [(1991) 1 AC 398]. Governors of the Peabody Donation Fund v. Sir Lindsay Parkinson & Co. Ltd. [(1985) AC 210, 240], Leight and Sillavan Ltd. v. Aliakmon Shipping Co. Ltd. [(1986) AC 785], Harwich in Curran v. Northern Ireland Co-ownership Housing Association Ltd. [(1987) AC 718],  Council of the Shire of Sutherland v. Heymand [(1985) 157 CLR 424], Anns and Yuen Kun Yeu v. Attorney General of Hong Kong [(1988) AC 175, 191],  Coparo Industries Plc. v. Dickman & Ors. [(1990) 2 AC 605], Hill v. Chief Constable of West Yorkshire [(1989) a AC 191] Smith & Ors. v. Littlewoods Organisation Ltd. [(1987) AC 141], Bourchill v. Young [(1943) AC 92 104], Burton vs. West Suffolk Country Council [(1960) 2 WLR 745], Sheppard vs. Mayor, Aldermen and Burgesses of the Borough of Glossop [(1921) 3 King’s Bench 132], Alderson B. in Blyth vs. Birmingham Waterworks Co. [(1856) 11 Ex. 781 at 784], Fardon vs. Harcourt-Revington [(1932) 146 L.T. 391], Rylands vs. Fletcher [(1869) LR 3 HL 330], Baxter vs. Stockton-on-tees Corporation [(1959) 1 Queen’s Bench Division 441], Wilson vs. Kingston-Upon-Thames Corporation [(1949) 1 ELR 699], Noble vs. Harrison [(1926) 2 King’s Bench Division 332], Barket vs. Herbert [(1911) 2 K.B. 633], Cunliffe vs. Bankes [(1945) 1 All E.L.R. 459], Gaminer & Anr vs. Northern & London Investment Trust, Ltd. [(1950) 2 ALL ELR 486]

Mitigation of damages

The party claiming damages should have taken all reasonable and timely steps to mitigate its damages, from his side (see: Murlidhar Chiranjilal v. Harishchandra Dwarkadas, (1962) AIR SC 366, Bismi Abdullah & Sons, Merchants v. Regional Manager, F.C.I., AIR 1987 Ker 56).

Read Blogs:

PART II

Remedies on breach of contract

The remedies for breach of contract are primarily governed by Indian Contract Act, 1872 and Specific Relief Act. They are depended upon the nature of the contract. Usual remedies awarded by courts on breach of contract are specific performance, damages, restitution, rescission and injunctions.

Award of Damages in Breach of Contracts

Damages on breach of contract are money compensation awarded by a court, or that is fixed by the parties to contract, for the loss or injury suffered one party, out of breach by the other. Sec. 73 and 74 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 lays down the provisions relating to such compensation.

Sec. 73 of the Contract Act reads as under:

  • Sec. 73. Compensation for loss or damage caused by breach of contract.
  • When a contract has been broken, the party who suffers by such breach is entitled to receive, from the party who has broken the contract, compensation for any loss or damage caused to him thereby, which naturally arose in the usual course of things from such breach, or which the parties knew, when they made the contract, to be likely to result from the breach of it.
  • Such compensation is not to be given for any remote and indirect loss or damage sustained by reason of the breach.
  • Compensation for failure to discharge obligation resembling those created by contract. When an obligation resembling those created by contract has been incurred and has not been discharged, any person injured by the failure to discharge it is entitled to receive the same compensation from the party in default, as if such person had contracted to discharge it and had broken his contract.
  • Explanation. In estimating the loss or damage arising from a breach of contract, the means which existed of remedying the inconvenience caused by the non-performance of the contract must be taken into account.
  • Illustrations
  • .(a) A contracts to sell and deliver 50 maunds of saltpetre to B, at a certain price to be paid on delivery. A breaks his promise. B is entitled to receive from A, by way of compensation, the sum, if any, by which the contract price falls short of the price for which B might have obtained 50 maunds of saltpetre of like quality at the time when the saltpetre ought to have been delivered.
  • .(b) A hires Bs ship to go to Bombay, and there take on board, on the first of January, a cargo, which A is to provide, and to bring it to Calcutta, the freight to be paid when earned. Bs ship does not go to Bombay, but A has opportunities of procuring suitable conveyance for the cargo upon terms as advantageous as those on which he had chartered the ship. A avails himself of those opportunities, but is put to trouble and expense in doing so. A is entitled to receive compensation from B in respect of such trouble and expense.
  • .(c) A contracts to buy of B, at a stated price, 50 maunds of rice, no time being fixed for delivery. A afterwards informs B that he will not accept the rice if tendered to him. B is entitled to receive from A, by way of compensation, the amount, if any, by which the contract price exceeds that which B can obtain for the rice at the time when A informs B that he will not accept it.
  • (d) A contracts to buy B’s ship for 60,000 rupees, but breaks his promise. A must pay to B, by way of compensation, the excess, if any, of the contract price over the price which B can obtain for the ship at the time of the breach of promise.
  • (e) A, the owner of a boat, contracts with B to take a cargo of jute to Mirzapur, for sale at that place, starting on a specified day. The boat, owing to some avoidable cause, does not start at the time appointed, whereby the arrival of the cargo at Mirzapur is delayed beyond the time when it would have arrived if the boat had sailed according to the contract. After that date, and before the arrival of the cargo, the price of jute falls. The measure of the compensation payable to B by A is the difference between the price which B could have obtained for the cargo at Mirzapur at the time when it would have arrived if forwarded in due course, and its market price at the time when it actually arrived.
  • (f) A contracts to repair B’s house in a certain manner, and receives payment in advance. A repairs the house, but not according to contract. B is entitled to recover from A the cost of making the repairs conform to the contract.
  • (g) A contracts to let his ship to B for a year, from the first of January, for a certain price. Freights rise, and, on the first of January, the hire obtainable for the ship is higher than the contract price. A breaks his promise. He must pay to B, by way of compensation, a sum equal to the difference between the contract price and the price for which B could hire a similar ship for a year on and from the first of January.
  • (h) A contracts to supply B with a certain quantity of iron at a fixed price, being a higher price than that for which A could procure and deliver the iron. B wrongfully refuses to receive the iron. B must pay to A, by way of compensation, the difference between the contract price of the iron and the sum for which A could have obtained and delivered it.
  • A delivers to B, a common carrier, a machine, to be conveyed, without delay, to A’s mill, informing B that his mill is stopped for want of the machine. B unreasonably delays the delivery of the machine, and A, in consequence, loses a profitable contract with the Government. A is entitled to receive from B, by way of compensation, the average amount of profit which would have been made by the working of the mill during the time that delivery of it was delayed, but not the loss sustained through the loss of the Government contract.
  • (j) A, having contracted with B to supply B with 1,000 tons of iron at 100 rupees a ton, to be delivered at a stated time, contracts with C for the purchase of 1,000 tons of iron at 80 rupees a ton, telling C that he does so for the purpose of performing his contract with B. C fails to perform his contract with A, who cannot procure other iron, and B, in consequence, rescinds the contract. C must pay to A 20,000 rupees, being the profit which A would have made by the performance of his contract with B.
  • (k) A contracts with B to make and deliver to B, by a fixed day, for a specified price, a certain piece of machinery. A does not deliver the piece of machinery at the time specified, and in consequence of this, B is obliged to procure another at a higher piece than that which he was to have paid to A, and is prevented from performing a contract which B had made with a third person at the time of his contract with A (but which had not been then communicated to A), and is compelled to make compensation for breach of that contract. A must pay to B, by way of compensation, the difference between the contract price of the price of machinery and the sum paid by B for another, but not the sum paid by B to the third person by way of compensation.
  • (l) A, a builder, contracts to erect and finish a house by the first of January, in order that B may give possession of it at that time to C, to whom B has contracted to let it. A is informed of the contract between B and C. A builds the house so badly that, before the first of January, it falls down and has to be re-built by B, who, in consequence, loses the rent which he was to have received from C, and is obliged to make compensation to C for the breach of his contract. A must make compensation to B for the cost of rebuilding the house, for the rent lost, and for the compensation made to C.
  • (m) A sells certain merchandise to B, warranting it to be of a particular quality, and B, in reliance upon this warranty, sells it to C with a similar warranty. The goods prove to be not according to the warranty, and B becomes liable to pay C a sum of money by way of compensation. B is entitled to be reimbursed this sum by A.
  • (n) A contracts to pay a sum of money to B on a day specified. A does not pay the money on that day, B, in consequence of not receiving the money on that day, is unable to pay his debts, and is totally ruined. A is not liable to make good to B anything except the principal sum he contracted to pay, together with interest up to the day of payment.
  • (o) A contracts to deliver 50 maunds of saltpetre to B on the first of January, at a certain price. B afterwards, before the first of January, contracts to sell the saltpetre to C at a price higher than the market price of the first of January. A breaks his promise.
  • In estimating the compensation payable by A to B, the market price of the first of January, and not the profit which would have arisen to B from the sale to C, is to be taken into account.
  • (p) A contracts to sell and deliver 500 bales of cotton to B on a fixed day. A knows nothing of Bs mode of conducting his business. A breaks his promise, and B, having no cotton, is obliged to close his mill. A is not responsible to B for the loss caused to B by the closing of the mill.
  • (q) A contracts to sell and deliver to B, on the first of January, certain cloth which B intends to manufacture into caps of a particular kind, for which there is no demand, except at that season. The cloth is not delivered till after the appointed time, and too late to be used that year in making caps. B is entitled to receive from A, by way of compensation, the difference between the contract price of the cloth and its market price at the time of delivery, but not the profits which he expected to obtain by making caps, nor the expenses which he has been put to in making preparation for the manufacture.
  • (r) A, a ship-owner, contracts with B to convey him from Calcutta to Sydney in A’s ship, sailing on the first of January, and B pays to A, by way of deposit, one-half of his passage-money. The ship does not sail on the first of January, and B, after being in consequence detained in Calcutta for some time and thereby put to some expense, proceeds to Sydney in another vessel, and, in consequence, arriving too late in Sydney, loses a sum of money. A is liable to repay to B his deposit, with interest, and the expense to which he is put by his detention in Calcutta, and the excess, if any, of the passage-money paid for the second ship over that agreed upon for the first, but not the sum of money which B lost by arriving in Sydney too late.

Sec. 74 of the Contract Act reads as under:

  •  “Section 74.   Compensation for breach of contract where penalty stipulated for.
  •  When a contract has been broken, if a sum is named in the contract as the amount to be paid in case of such breach, or if the contract contains any other stipulation by way of penalty, the party complaining of the breach is entitled, whether or not actual damage or loss is proved to have been caused thereby, to receive from the party who has broken the contract reasonable compensation not exceeding the amount so named or, as the case may be, the penalty stipulated for.
  • Explanation.– A stipulation for increased interest from the date of default may be a stipulation by way of penalty.
  • Exception.– When any person enters into any bail-bond, recognizance or other instrument of the same nature, or, under the provisions of any law, or under the orders of the Central Government] or of any State Government, gives any bond for the performance of any public duty or act in which the public are interested, he shall be liable, upon breach of the condition of any such instrument, to pay the whole sum mentioned therein.
  • Explanation.– A person who enters into a contract with Government does not necessarily thereby undertake any public duty, or promise to do an act in which the public are interested.

Illustrations

(a) A contracts with B to pay B Rs. 1,000, if he fails to pay B Rs. 500 on a given day. A fails to pay B Rs. 500 on that day. B is entitled to recover from A such compensation, not exceeding Rs. 1,000, as the Court considers reasonable.

(b) A contracts with B that, if A practises as a surgeon within Calcutta, he will pay B Rs. 5,000. A practises as a surgeon in Calcutta. B is entitled to such compensation; not exceeding Rs. 5,000, as the Court considers reasonable.

(c) A gives a recognizance binding him in a penalty of Rs. 500 to appear in Court on a certain day. He forfeits his recognizance. He is liable to pay the whole penalty.

(d) A gives B a bond for the repayment of Rs. 1,000 with interest at 12 per cent. at the end of six months, with a stipulation that, in case of default, interest shall be payable at the rate of 75 per cent. from the date of default. This is a stipulation by way of penalty, and B is only entitled to recover from A such compensation as the Court considers reasonable.

(e) A, who owes money to B a money-lender, undertakes to repay him by delivering to him 10 maunds of grain on a certain date, and stipulates that, in the event of his not delivering the stipulated amount by the stipulated date, he shall be liable to deliver 20 maunds. This is a stipulation by way of penalty, and B is only entitled to reasonable compensation in case of breach.

(f) A undertakes to repay B a loan of Rs. 1,000 by five equal monthly instalments, with a stipulation that in default of payment of any instalment, the whole shall become due. This stipulation is not by way of penalty, and the contract may be enforced according to its terms.

(g) A borrows Rs. 100 from B and gives him a bond for Rs. 200 payable by five yearly instalments of Rs. 40, with a stipulation that, in default of payment of any instalment, the whole shall become due. This is a stipulation by way of penalty.”

If the parties had not pre-determined the damages or if the court finds the pre-determined damages in the contract is illegal or unconscionable, the court will fix the damages under Sec. 21 of the Specific Relief Act, 1963.

Sec. 21 of the Specific Relief Act reads as under:

  •   “21. Power to award compensation in certain cases.
  • (1) In a suit for specific performance of a contract, the plaintiff may also claim compensation for its breach, either in addition to, or in substitution of, such performance.
  • (2) If, in any such suit, the court decides that specific performance ought not to be granted, but that there is a contract between the parties which has been broken by the defendant, and that the plaintiff is entitled to compensation for that breach, it shall award him such compensation accordingly.
  • (3) If, in any such suit, the court decides that specific performance ought to be granted, but that it is not sufficient to satisfy the justice of the case, and that some compensation for breach of the contract should also be made to the plaintiff, it shall award him such compensation accordingly.
  • (4) In determining the amount of any compensation awarded under this section, the court shall be guided by the principles specified in section 73 of the Indian Contract Act, 1872 (9 of 1872).
  • (5) No compensation shall be awarded under this section unless the plaintiff has claimed such compensation in his plaint: Provided that where the plaintiff has not claimed any such compensation in the plaint, the court shall, at any stage of the proceeding, allow him to amend the plaint on such terms as may be just, for including a claim for such compensation. Explanation.—The circumstance that the contract has become incapable of specific performance does not preclude the court from exercising the jurisdiction conferred by this section.”

PART III

Pleadings – No Strict ‘Denial’ warranted in ‘Damages’

Order VI, rule 1 and 2 of Code of Civil Procedure 1908 lay down the basics of pleading. They read as under:

  • Rule 1: Pleading“Pleading” shall mean plaint or written statement.
  • Rule 2: Pleading to state material facts and not evidence:
  • (1) Every pleading shall contain, and contain only a statement in a concise form of the material facts on which the party pleading relies for his claim or defence as the case may be, but not the evidence by which they are to be proved.
  • (2) Every pleading shall, when necessary, be divided into paragraphs, numbered consecutively, each allegation being, so far as is convenient, contained in a separate paragraph.
  • (3) Dates, sums and numbers shall be expressed in a pleading in figures as well as in words.

Order 6 rule 4 of the Civil Procedure Code stipulates guidelines for precise pleadings. Order 6 Rule 4 CPC reads as under:

  • “Rule 4. Particulars to be given where necessary: In all cases in which the party pleading relies on any misrepresentation, fraud, breach of trust, willful default, or undue influence and in all other cases in which particulars may be necessary beyond such as are exemplified in the forms aforesaid, particulars (with dates and items if necessary) shall be stated in the pleading.”

Order VIII Rule 3, 4 and 5 CPC reads as under:

  • Rule 3: Denial to be specific: It shall not be sufficient for a defendant in his written statement to deny generally the grounds alleged by the plaintiff, but the defendant must deal specifically with each allegation of fact of which he does not admit the truth, except damages.
  • Rule 4: Evasive denialWhere a defendant denies an allegation of fact in the plaint, he must not do so evasively, but answer the point of substance. Thus, if it is alleged that he received a certain sum of money, it shall not be sufficient to deny that he received that particular amount, but he must deny that he received that sum or any part thereof, or else set out how much he received. And if an allegation is made with diverse circumstances, it shall not be sufficient to deny it along with those circumstances.
  • Rule 5: Specific denial(1) Every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied specifically or by necessary implication, or stated to be not admitted in the pleading of the defendant, shall be taken to be admitted except as against a person under disability :
  • Provided that the Court may in it discretion require any fact so admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admission.
  • (2) Where the defendant has not filed a pleading, it shall be lawful for the Court to pronounce judgment on the basis of the facts contained in the plaint, except as against a person under a disability, but the Court may, in its discretion, require any such fact to be proved.
  • (3) In exercising its discretion under the proviso to sub-rule (1) or under sub-rule (2), the Court shall have due regard to the fact whether the defendant could have, or has, engaged a pleader.
  • (4) Whenever a judgment is pronounced under this rule, a decree shall be drawn up in accordance with such judgment and such decree shall bear the date on which the judgment was pronounced.

Under Order 6 rule 4, CPC, vague or general allegations are insufficient in pleading with respect to the matters laid down in this rule and it requires ‘full‘ particulars of such matters in pleadings.

Read Blog: Pleadings Should be Specific; Why?

Damages: Issue will be framed, without denial

As shown above, Order VIII Rule 3 gives an exemption to strict ‘denial’ with regard to the claim of ‘damages’. Why? J. B. Ross v. C. R. Screven, AIR 1917 Cal 269 explained as under:

  • “(O. 8, R 3, CPC) puts the burden on the plaintiff, whether or not the defendant denies in such a case an issue is necessary.” (Quoted in – Indore Malwa United Mills Ltd.  Vs Ramkaran Ghisslal, AIR 1963 MP197. Also see: W.  Jaya-raghavan v. The Leo Films, 1948 61 LW 173; 1948 1 MLJ 209)

In Fateh Chand Vs. Balkishan, AIR 1963 SC 1405, it was observed that the ‘Legislature has sought to cut across the web of rules and presumptions under the English common law’ with regard to the compensation to be awarded in case of breach of contract. Section 74 speaks as to ‘reasonable’ compensation. It is pointed out that this proposition as to ‘reasonable’ compensation, and thereby the intervention of court to fix the reasonable amount, laid down in Section 74, is a deliberate deviation from the English Common Law which allows forfeiture of genuine pre-estimated damages, by the affected party.

Pleadings on Defamation

The Pleading requirements –

  • Defamatory words must be set out in the plaint. (M.J. Zakharia Sait v. T.M. Mohammed, (1990) 3 SCC 396; R. Rajagopal v. J. Jayalalitha: AIR 2006 Mad 312 (DB))
  • When the defamatory sense is not apparent , the defamatory meaning must also be set out.
  • Where particular context is to be set out, for showing defamation, it shod be stated.

In M.J. Zakharia Sait v. T.M. Mohammed, (1990) 3 SCC 396, the Supreme Court held as under:

  • 30. In W. Hay and Ors. v. Aswini Kumar Samanta, AIR 1958 Cal 269 a Division Bench of the Calcutta High Court held that it is well-settled that in a “libel action” the ordinary defamatory words must be set out in the plaint. Where the words are per se or prima facie defamatory only the words need be set out. Wherever the defamatory sense is not apparent on the face of the words, the defamatory meaning or as it is technically known in law, the innuendo must also be set out and stated in clear and specific terms. Where again the offending words would be defamatory onlyin the particular context in which they were used, uttered or published, it is necessary also to set out except where as in England, the law is or has been made expressly otherwise, the offending context (colloquium) in the plaint, and to state or ever further that this context or the circumstances constituting the same, were known to the persons to whom the words were published, or, at least, that they understood the words in the defamatory sense. In the absence of these necessary averments, the plaint would be liable to be rejected on the ground that it does not disclose any cause of action.
  • 31. What exactly should be pleaded in an action for defamation has been stated also in Halsbury’s Laws of England [Vol. 28 – 4th ed.].
  • In paragraphs 174, 175, 176, 177 and 178 of the said Volume, we have discussion with regard to natural and ordinary meaning of the words complained of, and about the innuendo and the facts and matters supporting innuendo which should be pleaded and proved. It is stated there that in drafting a statement of claim in libel or slander, it is necessary to distinguish between cases in which the words complained of are alleged to be defamatory in their natural and ordinary meaning, whether the literal or the inferential meaning, and those in which the defamatory meaning is a secondary meaning derived from extrinsic or special facts or matters, so that a legal or true innuendo must be pleaded. If it is claimed that the words are defamatory in their natural and ordinary meaning and the words bear only one literal meaning, which is clear and explicit, it is not necessary to plead the meaning in the statement of claim. However, if the words are reasonably capable of bearing more than one literal meaning or if the defamatory meaning relied on is inferential (a “false or popular” innuendo), it is desirable and may even be necessary to plead the defamatory meaning or meanings. Where the plaintiff wishes to claim that the words complained of were understood to be defamatory in a secondary or extended meaning by those persons having knowledge of some special facts or matters, such a meaning constitutes a separate cause of action and the same should be pleaded expressly in a separate paragraph in the statement of claim (emphasis supplied). Particulars must be given of the facts and matters on which the plaintiff relies in support of any secondary or extended defamatory meaning which it is decided to plead. These special facts or matters may be extrinsic to the words used or there may be some special meaning of the words themselves. The plaintiff should plead that particular words bore the innuendo meaning.
  • Paragraph 172 of the Halsbury’s Laws of England, Vol-28. Paragraph 172 is extracted as under :-
  • “172. Pleading and proof of words – In an action for defamation, the actual words complained of, and not merely their substance, must be set out verbatim in the statement of claim. A libel action cannot be brought in respect of a document the contents of which the plaintiff is unaware; but in a slander action interrogatories may, in an exceptional case, be permitted, prior to the statement of claim, to ascertain the precise words spoken. It is no longer necessary to prove at trial the precise words pleaded; it will suffice to prove words substantially the same and the jury should be invited to consider whether the words are defamatory in the version it has accepted. Where the plaintiff complains of a book or long article, he must specify the passages which he alleges to be defamatory rather than merely plead the whole book or article.” (Quoted in: Essel Infraprojects Ltd vs Devendra Prakash Mishra, 2015-1 AIR BomR 482, 2015-1 BCR 340)

In W.Hay and others vs. Aswini Kumar Samanta AIR 1958 Cal 269 it was held as under:

  • “11. It is well settled that, in a libel action, the defamatory words must be set out in the plaint. Where the words are per se or prima facie defamatory only the words need be set out. Where, however, the defamatory sense is not apparent on the face of the words, the defamatory meaning, or as it is technically known in law, the “innuendo” must also be set out and set out in clear and specific terms. These are universally accepted propositions. Where again the offending words would be defamatory only in the particular context, in which they were used, uttered or published, it seems to us that it is necessary also to set out, except where, as in England, the law is or has been made expressly otherwise, the offending context (Colloquium) in the plaint and to state or aver further that this context or the circumstances, constituting the same, were known to the persons, to whom the words were published, or, at least, that they understood the words in the defamatory sense. In the absence of these necessary averments, the plaint would be liable to be rejected on the ground that it does not disclose any cause of action.” (Quoted in: Essel Infraprojects Ltd vs Devendra Prakash Mishra, 2015-1 AIR BomR 482, 2015-1 BCR 340)

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Government of Kerala v. Joseph – Law on Adverse Possession Against Government

Taken from: How to Plead Adverse Possession?Adverse Possession: An Evolving Concept

Saji Koduvath Advocate, Kottayam

PART I

Introduction

In Govt. of Kerala v. Joseph, AIR 2023 SC 3988, our Apex Court has emphasised (August 9, 2023), that the Courts have to consider the question of adverse possession “more seriously” when it is claimed on a land that belongs to the Government.

In this case, the judgment of the first appellate court which observed that the title of the Government on land cannot be lost by placing reliance on casual advertence or on the basis of scanty material” ’ was restored by the Apex Court. The Apex Court further held –

  • “When the land subject of proceedings wherein adverse possession has been claimed, belongs to the Government, the Court is duty-bound to act with greater seriousness, effectiveness, care and circumspection as it may lead to destruction of a right/title of the State to immovable property.”

Adverse Possession – Basic Ingredients

The Apex Court also alluded to the following often repeated the basic ingredients to attract the adverse possession, with reference to various previous earlier decisions including the Privy Council –

  • i. the possession must be open, clear, continuous and hostile to the claim or possession of the other party;
  • ii. all three classic requirements must coexist – nec vi (i.e., adequate in continuity); nec clam (i.e., adequate in publicity); and nec precario (i.e., adverse to a competitor), in denial of title and knowledge.

Plea of Title and Adverse Possession – Contradictory Pleas

In Government of Kerala v. Joseph, AIR 2023 SC 3988, the Supreme Court has affirmed the law as under:

  • “49. Claim of independent title and adverse possession at the same time amount to contradictory pleas. …… ..”

Decisions referred to in Govt. of Kerala v. Joseph

The decisions referred in this case (Govt. of Kerala v. Joseph) include the following –

  • 1.  Privy Council in Radhamoni Debi v. Collector of Khulna, ILR 27 Cal. 944; (1900) 27 Ind App 136 (PC); 1900 SCC OnLine PC 4 – The possession required must be adequate in continuity, in publicity, and in extent.
  • 2.  Privy Council in Perry v. Clissold, [1907] A.C. 73 – peaceably possessed land; rightful owner did not come forward and assert his title within the period of Limitation.
  • 3. Privy Council in Secy. of State for India in Council v. Debendra Lal Khan, (1933) 61 IA 78 : 1934 All LJ 153 (PC) – the possession must be overt and without any attempt at concealment so that the person against whom time is running, ought if he exercises due vigilance, to be aware of what is happening and if the rights of the Crown have been openly usurped it cannot be heard to plead that the fact was not brought to its notice.
  • 4. Privy Council in Council Maharaja Sri Chandra Nandi v. Baijnath Jugal Kishore, AIR 1935 PC 36 – possession should be overt and without any attempt at concealment, so that the person against whom time is running ought, if he exercises due vigilance, to be aware of what is happening.
  • 5. P. Lakshmi Reddy v. L. Lakshmi Reddy, AIR 1957 SC 314, adverse possession should be nec vi, nec clam, nec precario — that is the possession must be adequate in continuity, in publicity and in extent to show that it is possession adverse to the competitor. It must be with the required animus also.
  • 6. Gaya Prasad Dikshit v. Dr. Nirmal Chander (1984) 2 SCC 286 – on termination of licence there must be some overt act on the part of the licensee indicating assertion of hostile title. Mere continuance of unauthorised possession even for a period of more than 12 years is not enough. (also Thakur Kishan Singh v. Arvind Kumar (1994) 6 SCC 591; Mallikarjunaiah v. Nanjaiah (2019) 15 SCC 756).
  • 7 .Parsinni v. Sukhi (1993) 4 SCC 375 – possession must be ‘nec vi, nec clam, nec precario’ i.e. peaceful, open and continuous. The possession must be adequate, in continuity, in publicity and in extent to show that their possession is adverse to the true owner.
  • 8. Thakur Kishan Singh v. Arvind Kumar (1994) 6 SCC 591 – possession of a co-owner or of a licensee or of an agent or a permissive possession to become adverse must show hostile animus and possession adverse to the knowledge of real owner. Mere possession for howsoever length of time does not result in converting the permissive possession into adverse possession.
  • 9. Annasaheb Bapusaheb Patil v. Balwant, (1995) 2 SCC 543 : AIR 1995 SC 895 – “15. Where possession can be referred to a lawful title, it will not be considered to be adverse. The reason being that a person whose possession can be referred to a lawful title will not be permitted to show that his possession was hostile to another’s title. One who holds possession on behalf of another, does not by mere denial of that other’s title make his possession adverse so as to give himself the benefit of the statute of limitation. Therefore, a person who enters into possession having a lawful title, cannot divest another of that title by pretending that he had no title at all.”
  • 10. Mohan Lal v. Mirza Abdul Gaffar, (1996) 1 SCC 639  – “4. As regards the first plea, it is inconsistent with the second plea. Having come into possession under the agreement, he must disclaim his right thereunder and plead and prove assertion of his independent hostile adverse possession to the knowledge of the transferor or his successor in title or interest and that the latter had acquiesced to his illegal possession during the entire period of 12 years, i.e., up to completing the period of his title by prescription nec vi, nec clam, nec precario. Since the appellant’s claim is founded on Section 53-A, it goes without saying that he admits by implication that he came into possession of the land lawfully under the agreement and continued to remain in possession till date of the suit. Thereby the plea of adverse possession is not available to the appellant.”
  • 11. State of Rajasthan v. Harphool Singh  (2000) 5 SCC 652 –  “12. So far as the question of perfection of title by adverse possession and that too in respect of public property is concerned, the question requires to be considered more seriously and effectively for the reason that it ultimately involves destruction of right/title of the State to immovable property and conferring upon a third-party encroacher title where he had none.”  “When the property was a vacant land before the alleged construction was put up, to show open and hostile possession which could alone in law constitute adverse to the State, in this case, some concrete details of the nature of occupation with proper proof thereof would be absolutely necessary and mere vague assertions cannot by themselves be a substitute for such concrete proof required of open and hostile possession.”
  • 12.  Balkrishna v. Satyaprakash (2001) 2 SCC 498  – Mere passing of an order of ejectment neither causes his dispossession nor discontinuation of his possession.
  • 13. V. Rajeshwari v. T.C. Saravanabava, (2004) 1 SCC 551 – “…A plea not properly raised in the pleadings or in issues at the stage of the trial, would not be permitted to be raised for the first time at the stage of appeal…” 
  • 14.  Karnataka Board of Wakf v. Govt. of India  (2004) 10 SCC 779  – there must be exclusive possession and the animus possidendi;  possession must be  “nec vi, nec clam, nec precario”, that is, peaceful, open and continuous. It must be adequate in continuity, in publicity and in extent to show that their possession is adverse to the true owner. It must start with a wrongful dispossession of the rightful owner and be actual, visible, exclusive, hostile and continued over the statutory period. (This case was relied on in M. Venkatesh v. Bangalore Development Authority (2015) 17 SCC 1 ;  Ravinder Kaur Grewal v. Manjit Kaur (2019) 8 SCC 729 .
  • 15.  Annakili v. A. Vedanayagam  (2007) 14 SCC 308 – Possessor must have animus possidendi at the commencement of the possession and hold the land adverse to the title of the true owner and  continued for 12 years. Mere possession would not ripen into possessory title.
  • 16. P.T. Munichikkanna Reddy v. Revamma, (2007) 6 SCC 59   – “34. The law in this behalf has undergone a change. In terms of Articles 142 and 144 of the Limitation Act, 1908, the burden of proof was on the plaintiff to show within 12 years from the date of institution of the suit that he had title and possession of the land, whereas in terms of Articles 64 and 65 of the Limitation Act, 1963, the legal position has underwent complete change insofar as the onus is concerned : once a party proves its title, the onus of proof would be on the other party to prove claims of title by adverse possession….”
  • 17. Des Raj and Others v. Bhagat Ram (2007) 9 SCC 641 (two- Judge Bench) this Court observed – possession must be in hostile declaration of his title vis-à-vis his co-owners and they were in know thereof.
  • 18.  L.N. Aswathama v. P. Prakash  (2009) 13 SCC 229 – permissive possession or possession in the absence of Animus possidendi would not constitute the claim of adverse possession.
  • 19.  Chatti Konati Rao v. Palle Venkata Subba Rao, (2010) 14 SCC 316 – Animus possidendi is a requisite ingredient of adverse possession. Mere possession does not ripen into possessory title until the possessor holds the property adverse to the title of the true owner. The date on which he came in possession, nature of possession, the factum of possession, knowledge to the true owner, duration of possession and that possession was open and undisturbed – must be established. (Referred to in: Brijesh Kumar v. Shardabai, (2019) 9 SCC 369).
  • 20. Mandal Revenue Officer v. Goundla Venkaiah  (2010) 2 SCC 461 – “…It is our considered view that where an encroacher, illegal occupant or land grabber of public property raises a plea that he has perfected title by adverse possession, the court is duty-bound to act with greater seriousness, care and circumspection. Any laxity in this regard may result in destruction of right/title of the State to immovable property and give an upper hand to the encroachers, unauthorised occupants or land grabbers.”
  • 21. State of Haryana v. Mukesh Kumar, (2011) 10 SCC 404 – The State cannot claim the land of its citizens by way of adverse possession.
  • 22.  Janata Dal Party v. Indian National Congress, (2014) 16 SCC 731 – “…the entire burden of proving that the possession is adverse to that of the plaintiffs, is on the defendant…”
  • 23.  State of Uttrakhand v. Mandir Sri Laxman Sidh Maharaj  (2017) 9 SCC 579 – “…The courts below also should have seen that courts can grant only that relief which is claimed by the plaintiff in the plaint and such relief can be granted only on the pleadings but not beyond it. In other words, courts cannot travel beyond the pleadings for granting any relief…” (Relied on in Dharampal (Dead) v. Punjab Wakf Board, (2018) 11 SCC 449)
  • 24.  M Siddiq (D) through LRs v. Mahant Suresh Das   (2020) 1 SCC 1 – possession must be peaceful, open and continuous; it must meet the requirement of being ‘nec vi nec claim and nec precario’. possession must be adequate in continuity and in the public because the possession has to be to the knowledge of the true owner in order for it to be adverse. There must be adequate pleadings and sufficient evidence.
  • 25. Narasamma v. A. Krishnappa, (2020) 15 SCC 21 (three-Judge Bench) – plea of adverse possession can be used not only as a shield by the defendant, but it can be used as a sword by the plaintiff. (Followed Ravinder Kaur Grewal v. Manjit Kaur, (2019) 8 SCC 729).

PART II

Adverse Possession according to the Limitation Act of 1963 and of 1908

  • Under the (present) Limitation Act, 1963 (Article 65),  adverse possession arises, only ‘by the positive and hostile acts’ of the trespasser; and, the true owner will lose title only if the trespasser proves ‘adverse‘ possession for 12 years. Therefore, mere 12 years’ possession by trespasser is insufficient to bring home adverse possession.
  • The true owner, therefore, can bring the suit based on title even after 12 years (of losing possession), for recovery, and he will lose property only if the trespasser proves ‘adverse‘ possession.
    • Article 142 of the (repealed) Limitation Act, 1908, which dealt with Adverse Possession, did not put down the term ‘adverse’. Therefore, the true owners lost title, under this (1908) Act, if they failed to prove possession for 12 years; and they had the burden to show possession within 12 years.
    • Under the old Act of 1908, a true owner was bound to file suit for recovery (from a trespasser) within 12 years of losing possession (to continue the property).
    • Under the old Act of 1908, the trespasser was not required to bring the specific knowledge of the owner (knowing him). Such a requirement was insisted only where an ouster of title was needed (against co-owner or person in permissive possession).
  • The present Act of 1963 casts onus on the trespasser to prove claims of title by ‘adverse’ possession (knowing the true owner and bringing his attention to the ‘trespass’, making specific and required pleadings).
  • If no adverse possession, mere possession, of trespasser, howsoever long, will not lose the right of the true owner to recover property on the basis of his title. See:
    • Government of Kerala v. Joseph, AIR 2023 SC 3988;
    • Uttam Chand v. Nathu Ram, 2020-11 SCC 263, AIR  2020 SC 461,
    • Ram Nagina Rai v. Deo Kumar Rai, 2019-13 SCC 324,
    • Mallikarjunaiah v. Nanjaiah, 2019-15 SCC 756,  
    • T. Anjanappa v. Somalingappa, 2006-7 SCC 570,
    • Chatti Konati Rao v. Palle Venkata Subba  Rao, 2010-14 SCC 316;
    • Gaya Prasad Dikshit v. Dr. Nirmal Chander, 1984-2 SCC 286.

PT Munichikkanna Reddy v. Revamma, AIR 2007 SC 1753, is an authoritative decision of the Supreme Court that discussed various views on adverse possession, in the light of Limitation Act, 1963. It is observed in this decision as under:

  • “Adverse possession in one sense is based on the theory or presumption that the owner has abandoned# the property to the adverse possessor on the acquiescence of the owner to the hostile acts and claims of the person in possession. It follows that sound qualities of a typical adverse possession lie in it being open, continuous and hostile.”
  • Thus, there must be intention to dispossess. And it needs to be open and hostile enough to bring the same to the knowledge and plaintiff has an opportunity to object.

Period of Limitation against Government is 30 years

The limitation period for acquiring adverse possession against Government is 30 years. See Article 112 of the Limitation Act. Under the old Act of 1908 it was 60 years.

How to Plead Adverse Possession 

It is really a troublesome matter for the advocates. Karnataka Board of Wakaf v. Govt of India – AIR 2004 SC 2096; T. Anjanappa v. Somalingappa – [(2006) 7 SCC 570]; and PT Munichikkanna Reddy v. Revamma – AIR 2007 SC 1753, guide us in this field. It may be necessary to plead the following modules.

  • The claimant has been in ‘hostile and open, continuous uninterrupted as of right‘ possession of the land,
  • in denial of the title of the rightful owner,
  • adversely to the interest of the owner of the land,
  • started with wrongful dispossession of the rightful owner,
  • exercising absolute rights of ownership in respect of the land,
  •  on and from .. . .. (Specify date).

And, it is appropriate to plead ‘hostile and open’ possession as under:

  • Claimant’s acts were hostile enough to make the true owner aware of the adverse possession;
  • or, the claimant made the true owner knew as to his hostile acts or adverse possession (from the inception).

Modern propositions as to Adverse Possession

The 3 important modern propositions as to adverse possession (in India) are:

  • 1.  Mere ‘animus possidendi’, not enough; there must have animus to dispossess.
    • Note: ‘Wilful neglect element’ (that is, the owner has abandoned the property) is not given a go bye. Thus, there is a two-pronged enquiry – (i) animus to dispossess by the trespasser (ii) wilful neglect element by the true owner.
  • 2. Trespasser must know who the true owner is.
  • 3. Burden to plead and prove adverse possession is upon the defendant (trespasser).

Permissive Possession will not bring-forth Adverse Possession

Permissive possession, including that of a co-owner or of a licensee or of an agent, will not constitute the claim of adverse possession unless, the trespasser pleads and prove “ouster” (of title of true owner) with cogent evidence in a high degree and great vigor.

Our Apex Court, in P. Lakshmi Reddy v. L. Lakshmi Reddy, AIR 1957 SC 314, following Debendra Lal Khan case, (1933-34) 61 IA 78 : AIR 1934 PC 23], observed as under :

  • “4. … But it is well-settled that in order to establish adverse possession of one coheir as against another it is not enough to show that one out of them is in sole possession and enjoyment of the profits, of the properties. Ouster of the non-possessing co-heir by the co-heir in possession who claims his possession to be adverse, should be made out. The possession of one co-heir is considered, in law, as possession of all the co-heirs. When one co-heir is found to be in possession of the properties it is presumed to be on the basis of joint title. The co-heir in possession cannot render his possession adverse to the other co-heir not in possession merely by any secret hostile animus on his own part in derogation of the other co-heir’s title. It is a settled rule of law that as between co-heirs there must be evidence of open assertion of hostile title, coupled with exclusive possession and enjoyment by one of them to the knowledge of the other so as to constitute ouster. … the burden of making out ouster is on the person claiming to displace the lawful title of a co-heir by his adverse possession.” (Quoted in: Hemaji Waghaji Jat v. Bhikabhai Khengarbhai Harijan, (2009) 16 SCC 517).
  • L.N. Aswathama v. P. Prakash  (2009) 13 SCC 229 – permissive possession or possession in the absence of Animus possidendi would not constitute the claim of adverse possession.
  • Thakur Kishan Singh v. Arvind Kumar (1994) 6 SCC 591 – possession of a co-owner or of a licensee or of an agent or a permissive possession to become adverse must show hostile animus and possession adverse to the knowledge of real owner. Mere possession for howsoever length of time does not result in converting the permissive possession into adverse possession.

Plea of Title and Adverse Possession Mutually Destructive

In Rattan Lal v. Ragunath, 18 Aug 2023, 2023 Supreme (Del) 3938, quoting Government of Kerala v. Joseph, 2023 SCC OnLine SC 961, it is held as under:

  • “11.2. Therefore, the plea of adverse possession raised by the Appellants as a new plea in first appeal is inconsistent with the case setup in the written statement and the trial. In law, the Appellants are precluded from taking the said plea in view of the decision of the Coordinate Bench of this Court in Bharat Bhushan Jain & Anr. v. UOI & Ors., 2014 SCC OnLine Del 3577, wherein this Court has held that the plea of ownership by title and adverse ownership cannot be raised together being inconsistent and mutually destructive. The plea of adverse possession is a question of fact and cannot be raised in appeal only on the basis of prolonged possession of suit property in the absence of the proof of the other ingredients necessary for proving the said defence including the fact that the possession was hostile to the true owner of the property.”

In Rama Kanta Jain v. M.S. Jain, AIR 1999 (Del) 281, it was held as under:

  • “18. There is another aspect of the matter. The mere fact that the defendants have come forward with a plea of adverse possession, means that they admit the plaintiff to be the true owner. For a plea of ownership on the basis of adverse possession, the first and the foremost condition is, that the property must belong to someone else other than the person pleading his title on the basis of adverse possession, In the instant case the defendants have put forward defences which are irreconcilable’ and mutually destructive and inconsistent with one another.’” (Quoted in: Anu Gupta VS Vijay Gupta, 08 Aug 2022, 2022 Supreme(Del) 1198).

Dispossession and Ouster

Dispossession implies ouster; and, ouster implies dispossession. It is definite that “dispossession” is an important element in the 1963 Limitation Act to attract Adverse Possession.

In the old Act the requirement of ouster needed only in case of permissive possession (in other cases, the true owner lost right to recover property if he did not come forward within 12 years – See: Kshithish Chandra Bose v. Commissioner of Ranchi, AIR 1981 SC 707)).

Read Blog: Ouster & Dispossession in Adverse Possession

Degree of Proof on Title in a Civil Case is ‘High Degree of Probability

In R.V.E. Venkatachala Gounder v. Arulmigu Viswesaraswami, AIR 2003 SC 4548: (2003) 8 SCC 752, the law is stated in the following terms :

  • “Being a civil case, the plaintiff cannot be expected to proof his title beyond any reasonable doubt; a high degree of probability lending assurance of the availability of title with him would be enough to shift the onus on the defendant and if the defendant does not succeed in shifting back the onus, the plaintiff’s burden of proof can safely be deemed to have been discharged. …”

Is declaration necessary for claiming Adverse Possession by a Plaintiff?

Yes. Declaration is needed in the following circumstances:

  1. As Introductory/preliminary to grant (1) Injunction or (2) Recovery (Unnikrishnan v. Ponnu Ammal: AIR 1999 Ker 405
  2. When serious denial or cloud on title (or right): Anathula Sudahakar v. Buchi Reddi: AIR 2008 SC 2033
  3. Asserted title or civil right is not clear, simple and straight-forward; or, not well-established (lawful possession). (Eg. inchoate rights – started; but, not full-blown, until the such title is upheld by a competent court; like title on adverse possession.)
  4. Complicated or complex questions of fact and law to be ‘adjudicated’ (Anathula: 2008 SC 2033)
  5. Insurmountable obstacle – Md. Noorul Hoda v. Bibi Raifunnisa : (1996) 7 SCC 767
  6. Make clear what is doubtful – as to legal character and title. ILR 1970-2 (Del) 433: Eg. Suit by trespasser claiming adverse possession: Darshan Kumari v. Kaushalya Devi: 1990 JKLR 208; 1991 Kash LJ 1 (R.P. Sethi, J) for dispelling cloud: AIR 1953 (Gau) 162.

It appears, from the thrust of decisions, that such a declaration is not necessary when a defendant claims the right.

Title dispute on Forest Land

When title dispute was arisen as to title of land (Forest land or private land) and plantation produce, in  Aliakutty Paul v. State of Kerala, 1995-2 Ker LT 93, it is held as under:

  • “It is open to the petitioner to approach the civil court and claim a declaration of her title to the plantation produce kept stored in the godowns and stores of the Rosary Estate. As and when her title is declared, the petitioner would be entitled to take it away. Until then, it has necessarily to be preserved in safe custody.”

Should the person who claims adverse possession necessarily know the true owner?

There is difference of opinion.

It can be said – “The person who claims adverse possession must necessarily know the true owner, (for) then only it becomes ‘adverse’ as stated in Art. 65 of the Limitation Act.

In Annasaheb Bapusaheb Patil v. Balwant, (1995) 2 SCC 543: AIR 1995 SC 895  (two-Judge Bench) our Apex Court held as under:

  • “A person who bases his title on adverse possession must show by clear and unequivocal evidence i.e possession was hostile to the real owner and amounted to a denial of his title to the property claimed.”

But, in the Report of the 22nd Law Commission (From 21st February, 2020 to 31st August, 2024) it is stated as under:

  • “7.5. Possession must be open and without any attempt at concealment. It is, however, not necessary that possession must be so effective as to bring it to the specific knowledge of the owner (except ouster).”

The Consultation Paper-cum-Questionnaire prepared by the 19th Law Commission is attached to the Report of the 22nd Law Commission, as “Annexure – 1”. Para 2.6 of the same reads as under:

  • “2.6 It was clarified by a three-Judge Bench of the Supreme Court in Kshithish Chandra Bose v. Commissioner of Ranchi, AIR 1981 SC 707,
    • “All that the law requires is that the possession must be open and without any attempt at concealment. It is not necessary that the possession must be so effective so as to bring it to the specific knowledge of the owner. Such a requirement may be insisted on where an ouster of title is pleaded, but that is not the case here. “
  • “It was also clarified in a series of decisions that while possession shall be open and exclusive and in assertion of one’s own right, the fact that the possessor did not know who the real owner was, will not make his possession any the less adverse. There are certain passing observations in some judgments of the Supreme Court rendered by two learned Judges that the plea of adverse possession is not available if the adverse possessor does not know who the true owner is; but, the law declared by the larger Bench decisions of the Supreme Court obviously prevails.“

It appears that the Law Commission inappropriately relied on the Three Judge Bench decision. On a careful reading of this decision, Kshithish Chandra Bose, it can be seen that this decision arose from a matter that emerged prior to 1963 Limitation Act, and when the 1908 Limitation Act reigned the field.

Under the 1908 Act, the true owner was bound to file suit for recovery within 12 years of losing possession. Therefore, it was immaterial – whether the trespasser ‘acquired’ right of ‘adverse‘ possession against the true owner; knowing him and bringing his attention to the ‘trespass’, or not (as required in 1963 Act). 

While narrating the facts, it is observed in Kshithish Chandra Bose, as under:

  • “In the suit the plaintiff based his claim in respect of plot No. 1735, Ward No. I of Ranchi Municipality on the ground that he had acquired title to the land by virtue of a Hukumnama granted to him by the landlord as far back as 17th April, 1912 which is Exhibit 18. Apart from the question of title, the plaintiff further pleaded that even if the land belonged to the defendant municipality, he had acquired title by prescription by being in possession of the land to the knowledge of the municipality for more than 30 years, that is to say, from 1912 to 1957.“

From the above, it comes out that the person who claims adverse possession must necessarily know the true owner; and that Kshithish Chandra Bose v. Commissioner of Ranchi, AIR 1981 SC 707, cannot be used to support  the plea that adverse possession is available even if the adverse possessor does not know who the true owner is.

Kerala High Court went wrong in K.T. Kurungottukandi Rarichakutty v. Aranda Rarichan, 2018-5 KHC 599

Kerala High Court also inappropriately relied on the Three Judge Bench decision of the Supreme Court which held in Kshitish Chandra Bose v. Commissioner of Ranchi, AIR 1981 SC 707, that the person who claims adverse possession adverse possession need not know the true owner.

Adverse Possession Against Government

  • There is presumption available in favour of the government – that is, all lands which are not the property of any person or which are not vested in a local authority, belong to the government.
  • All unoccupied lands are the property of the government, unless any person can establish his right or title to any such land.

In R. Hanumaiah v. Secretary to Government of Karnataka, Revenue Department, (2010) 5 SCC 203, it was observed that that the Suits for declaration of title against the government, though similar to suits for declaration of title against private individuals differ significantly in some aspects. The first difference is in regard to the presumption available in favour of the government. All lands which are not the property of any person or which are not vested in a local authority, belong to the government.

The Apex Court held as under:

  • “15. Suits for declaration of title against the government, though similar to suits for declaration of title against private individuals differ significantly in some aspects.
  • The first difference is in regard to the presumption available in favour of the government. All lands which are not the property of any person or which are not vested in a local authority, belong to the government. All unoccupied lands are the property of the government, unless any person can establish his right or title to any such land. This presumption available to the government, is not available to any person or individual.
  • The second difference is in regard to the period for which title and/or possession have to be established by a person suing for declaration of title. Establishing title/possession for a period exceeding twelve years may be adequate to establish title in a declaratory suit against any individual. On the other hand, title/possession for a period exceeding thirty years will have to be established to succeed in a declaratory suit for title against government. This follows from Article 112 of Limitation Act, 1963, which prescribes a longer period of thirty years as limitation in regard to suits by government as against the period of 12 years for suits by private individuals. The reason is obvious. Government properties are spread over the entire state and it is not always possible for the government to protect or safeguard its properties from encroachments. Many a time, its own officers who are expected to protect its properties and maintain proper records, either due to negligence or collusion, create entries in records to help private parties, to lay claim of ownership or possession against the government.
  • Any loss of government property is ultimately the loss to the community. Courts owe a duty to be vigilant to ensure that public property is not converted into private property by unscrupulous elements.
  • 16. Many civil courts deal with suits for declaration of title and injunction against government, in a casual manner, ignoring or overlooking the special features relating to government properties. Instances of such suits against government being routinely decreed, either ex parte or for want of proper contest, merely acting upon the oral assertions of plaintiffs or stray revenue entries are common. Whether the government contests the suit or not, before a suit for declaration of title against a government is decreed, the plaintiff should establish, either his title by producing the title deeds which satisfactorily trace title for a minimum period of thirty years prior to the date of the suit (except where title is claimed with reference to a grant or transfer by the government or a statutory development authority), or by establishing adverse possession for a period of more than thirty years.
  • In such suits, courts cannot, ignoring the presumptions available in favour of the government, grant declaratory or injunctive decrees against the government by relying upon one of the principles underlying pleadings that plaint averments which are not denied or traversed are deemed to have been accepted or admitted.
  • A court should necessarily seek an answer to the following question, before it grants a decree declaring title against the government :
    • whether the plaintiff has produced title deeds tracing the title for a period of more than thirty years; or
    • whether the plaintiff has established his adverse possession to the knowledge of the government for a period of more than thirty years, so as to convert his possession into title.
    • Incidental to that question, the court should also find out whether the plaintiff is recorded to be the owner or holder or occupant of the property in the revenue records or municipal records, for more than thirty years, and
    • what is the nature of possession claimed by the plaintiff, if he is in possession – authorized or unauthorized; permissive; casual and occasional; furtive and clandestine; open, continuous and hostile; deemed or implied (following a title).
  • 17. Mere temporary use or occupation without the animus to claim ownership or mere use at sufferance will not be sufficient to create any right adverse to the Government. In order to oust or defeat the title of the government, a claimant has to establish a clear title which is superior to or better than the title of the government or establish perfection of title by adverse possession for a period of more than thirty years with the knowledge of the government.
  • To claim adverse possession, the possession of the claimant must be actual, open and visible, hostile to the owner (and therefore necessarily with the knowledge of the owner) and continued during the entire period necessary to create a bar under the law of limitation. In short, it should be adequate in continuity, publicity and in extent. Mere vague or doubtful assertions that the claimant has been in adverse possession will not be sufficient. Unexplained stray or sporadic entries for a year or for a few years will not be sufficient and should be ignored.
  • As noticed above, many a time it is possible for a private citizen to get his name entered as the occupant of government land, with the help of collusive government servants. Only entries based on appropriate documents like grants, title deeds etc. or based upon actual verification of physical possession by an authority authorized to recognize such possession and make appropriate entries can be used against the government. By its very nature, a claim based on adverse possession requires clear and categorical pleadings and evidence, much more so, if it is against the government. Be that as it may.” (Quoted in: Bhagi Ram v. State of H P (2023 April 10), Nathu Ram v. D D A (2022 February 1.)

End Notes:

How to deal with Govt. property upon which title is claimed by plaintiffs is dealt with in Union of India v. Ibrahim Uddin: (2012) 8 SCC 148.

Facts, in a nutshell, were this –

  • Plaintiff Ibrahim Uddin filed the Suit for declaration that he was the owner of the suit property originally remained with the Maratha Government.
  • The ancestors of the plaintiff having close association with the Maratha Government, were made a grant in respect of the suit land in the year 1800.
  • The land was partitioned between the ancestors in 1819.
  • The Union of India claimed title over the suit land, thus the suit.
  • UoI averred that the land belonged to it, a part of which has been leased out to several persons for agriculture work and their lease has been renewed from time to time.
  • As they became unauthorised occupants, proceedings had been initiated in accordance with law and eviction order had been passed against the occupants/tenants.
  • The trial Court came to the conclusion that the plaintiff could not prove any kind of grant by the Maratha Government to his ancestors in 1800.
  • Plaintiff failed to prove the partition between his ancestors in 1819.
  • The lease deed alleged to have been executed in favour of the Military Estate Officer under the Union of India, was not successfully proved.
  • In view of the above, the suit was dismissed.

The Appeals –

  • The First Appeal was allowed on conclusion that Maratha Government had made the gift of land in favour of plaintiff’s forefathers which was subsequently partitioned.
  • The appellant UoI did not produce any document to show its title and failed to produce the original record, thus, adverse inference was drawn under Section 114 clause(g) of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872.
  • The registered partition deed stood duly proved and it was the proof of the title of the plaintiff.
  • In the appeal the Will executed by his maternal grandfather dated 1 . 3 . 1929 in his favour bequeathing the suit property was marked, under Order XLI Rule 27 CPC .
  • The First Appeal was allowed and the Second Appeal was dismissed. Hence, the appeal before the Supreme Court.

The Apex Court Findings –

  • It is not permissible to claim the relief of declaration without seeking consequential relief by virtue of the proviso of Section 34 of Specific Relief Act, 1963  (Relying on: Ram Saran v. Ganga Devi, AIR 1972 SC 2685, Vinay Krishna v. Keshav Chandra, AIR 1993 SC 957, Gian Kaur v. Raghubir Singh, (2011) 4 SCC 567).
  • There was nothing on record to prove the grant/gift by the Maratha Government in favour of ancestors of plaintiff/respondent No.1 in the year 1800.
  • A case not specifically pleaded can be considered by the court. The pleadings in substance contain the necessary averments to make out a particular case and issue has been framed on the point. In absence of pleadings, the court cannot make out a case not pleaded, suo motu (Bachhaj Nahar v. Nilima Mandal, AIR 2009 SC 1103 relied on). Hence the claim of title by virtue of the Will cannot be taken note of being not based on pleadings.
  • The Will had been executed prior to the birth of the plaintiff.  it could not have been taken into consideration without proper scrutiny of facts and, that too, without any pleading.
  • The alleged partition in the year 1819 even if had taken place, cannot be a proof of title.
  • Presumption under Section 90 of the Evidence Act in respect of 30 years’ old document coming from proper custody relates to the signature, execution and attestation of a document i.e. to its genuineness but it does not give rise to presumption of correctness of every statement contained in it.
  • The rent note produced by the UoI (allegedly executed by the forefathers of the plaintiff) did not prove anything. It could not be linked to prove the title. It was rejected observing as under:
    • “The rent note produced by the appellant/defendant No.1 before the court below does not prove anything in favour of the plaintiff/respondent. The same being a vague document is incapable of furnishing any information and, thus, is liable to be rejected. The said document does not make it clear as who has executed it and in whose favour the same stood executed. It does not bear any date as it cannot be ascertained when it was executed. The lease deed cannot be executed without the signature/thumb impression of the lessee. The said lease does not contain any signature/thumb impression of any lessee and also the tenure of the lease has not been mentioned therein. The rent has been mentioned as Rs.22/- without giving any detail as to whether it was per day, fortnightly, monthly, quarterly or yearly or for ever. More so, there is no reference to the said rent note in the pleadings contained in the plaint, therefore, it is just to be ignored.”
  • UoI produced the certified copies of the Extract from General Land Register prepared on 15.3.1948 in support of its case and denying title of the plaintiff.
  • The High Court rejected the same on the ground that the partition among the ancestors of the plaintiff had taken place prior to enactment of the Cantonment Land Administration Rules, 1925, though there is nothing on record to prove the said partition.
  • The General Land Register maintained under the Cantonment Act, 1924 and the Rules made thereunder are public documents and the certified copies of the same are admissible in evidence in view of the provisions of Section 65 read with Section 74 of the Evidence Act.
  • It is settled legal position that the entries made in General Land Register maintained under Cantonment Land Administration Rules is conclusive evidence of title.
    • (Vide: Chief Executive Officer v. Surendra Kumar Vakil, AIR 1999 SC 2294; and 
    • Union of India v. Kamla Verma, (2010) 13 SCC 511).
  • If the Will was ignored, there was nothing on record to show as how the plaintiff  could claim the title. The truth of contents of a document have to be proved like any other fact.
  • The Will in absence of any pleading could not be taken on record. More so, the Will was not proved in accordance with law i.e. Section 68 of the Evidence Act.
  • The court cannot travel beyond the pleadings as no party can lead the evidence on an issue/point not raised in the pleadings and in case, such evidence has been adduced or a finding of fact has been recorded by the Court, it is just to be ignored.
  • “The appellate courts (first appellate court as well as the High Court) examined the title of government instead of the plaintiff/respondent no.1. Such a course was not warranted. The title of government cannot be disputed. In any event possession of government for decades is not disputed. The plaintiff shifted the case from time to time but failed to prove his title.”
  • “The first appellate court as well as the High Court recorded a finding that the Union of India failed to prove its title over the suit land. The said courts did not realise that this was not the issue to be determined, rather the issue had been as to whether the plaintiff was the owner of the suit land.”

Read Blogs:

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Adverse Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Pleadings in Defamation Suits

Taken from: Law on Damages in Defamation Cases

Jojy George Koduvath

PART I

Key Takeaways

The ingredients of Defamation are –

  1. defamatory statement (harming reputation)
  2. refer to the plaintiff
  3. published before a third party.

Available defences are –

  • (i) Justification by truth,  
  • (ii) Fair and bonafide comment,   
  • (iii) Privilege,
  • (iv) Consent,
  • (v) Apology.

Following Publications are exempted (S. 499 IPC)

  • 1. Truth for public good
  • 2. Public conduct of public servants – in good faith 
  • 3. Matter touching any public question – in good faith 
  • 4. True reports of proceedings of courts
  • 5. Expressing opinion, on merits of case decided in Court – in good faith 
  • 6. Expressing opinion on character of the author – in good faith
  • 7. Censure passed in good faith by person having lawful authority 
  • 8. Accusation preferred in good faith who have lawful authority 
  • 9. Imputation in good faith for protection of his or other’s interests
  • 10. Caution intended for good of person to whom conveyed or for public good.

No absolute privilege to defamatory statements in the pleadings

  • There is difference of opinion.
  • The modern trend is to see that it is ‘qualified privilege’. That is, liability is casted upon the defendant if the defamatory statement is quite unconnected with and irrelevant to the main statement.

The court awards following types of damages.

  • .1. Exemplary/punitive damages 
  • 2. Aggravated damages 
  • 3. Compensatory damages 
  • 4. Contemptuous damage   
  • 5. Nominal damages

PART II

Pleadings – No Strict ‘Denial’ warranted in ‘Damages’

Order VI, rule 1 and 2 of Code of Civil Procedure 1908 lay down the basics of pleading. They read as under:

  • Rule 1: Pleading“Pleading” shall mean plaint or written statement.
  • Rule 2: Pleading to state material facts and not evidence:
  • (1) Every pleading shall contain, and contain only a statement in a concise form of the material facts on which the party pleading relies for his claim or defence as the case may be, but not the evidence by which they are to be proved.
  • (2) Every pleading shall, when necessary, be divided into paragraphs, numbered consecutively, each allegation being, so far as is convenient, contained in a separate paragraph.
  • (3) Dates, sums and numbers shall be expressed in a pleading in figures as well as in words.

Order 6 rule 4 of the Civil Procedure Code stipulates guidelines for precise pleadings. Order 6 Rule 4 CPC reads as under:

  • “Rule 4. Particulars to be given where necessary: In all cases in which the party pleading relies on any misrepresentation, fraud, breach of trust, willful default, or undue influence and in all other cases in which particulars may be necessary beyond such as are exemplified in the forms aforesaid, particulars (with dates and items if necessary) shall be stated in the pleading.”

Order VIII Rule 3, 4 and 5 CPC reads as under:

  • Rule 3: Denial to be specific: It shall not be sufficient for a defendant in his written statement to deny generally the grounds alleged by the plaintiff, but the defendant must deal specifically with each allegation of fact of which he does not admit the truth, except damages.
  • Rule 4: Evasive denialWhere a defendant denies an allegation of fact in the plaint, he must not do so evasively, but answer the point of substance. Thus, if it is alleged that he received a certain sum of money, it shall not be sufficient to deny that he received that particular amount, but he must deny that he received that sum or any part thereof, or else set out how much he received. And if an allegation is made with diverse circumstances, it shall not be sufficient to deny it along with those circumstances.
  • Rule 5: Specific denial(1) Every allegation of fact in the plaint, if not denied specifically or by necessary implication, or stated to be not admitted in the pleading of the defendant, shall be taken to be admitted except as against a person under disability :
  • Provided that the Court may in it discretion require any fact so admitted to be proved otherwise than by such admission.
  • (2) Where the defendant has not filed a pleading, it shall be lawful for the Court to pronounce judgment on the basis of the facts contained in the plaint, except as against a person under a disability, but the Court may, in its discretion, require any such fact to be proved.
  • (3) In exercising its discretion under the proviso to sub-rule (1) or under sub-rule (2), the Court shall have due regard to the fact whether the defendant could have, or has, engaged a pleader.
  • (4) Whenever a judgment is pronounced under this rule, a decree shall be drawn up in accordance with such judgment and such decree shall bear the date on which the judgment was pronounced.

Under Order 6 rule 4, CPC, vague or general allegations are insufficient in pleading with respect to the matters laid down in this rule and it requires ‘full‘ particulars of such matters in pleadings.

Damages: Issue will be framed, without denial

As shown above, Order VIII Rule 3 gives an exemption to strict ‘denial’ with regard to the claim of ‘damages’. Why? J. B. Ross v. C. R. Screven, AIR 1917 Cal 269 explained as under:

  • “(O. 8, R 3, CPC) puts the burden on the plaintiff, whether or not the defendant denies in such a case an issue is necessary.” (Quoted in – Indore Malwa United Mills Ltd.  Vs Ramkaran Ghisslal, AIR 1963 MP197. Also see: W.  Jaya-raghavan v. The Leo Films, 1948 61 LW 173; 1948 1 MLJ 209)

In Fateh Chand Vs. Balkishan, AIR 1963 SC 1405, it was observed that the ‘Legislature has sought to cut across the web of rules and presumptions under the English common law’ with regard to the compensation to be awarded in case of breach of contract. Section 74 speaks as to ‘reasonable’ compensation. It is pointed out that this proposition as to ‘reasonable’ compensation, and thereby the intervention of court to fix the reasonable amount, laid down in Section 74, is a deliberate deviation from the English Common Law which allows forfeiture of genuine pre-estimated damages, by the affected party.

Damages (in general) are of three kinds

  • First, nominal
  • Second, general damages
  • Third, special damages.

General Damages can be Awarded if failed to prove Special Damages

Court may, in proper cases, award ‘general damages’ even if the plaintiff failed to prove Special Damages; because, general damages need not be pleaded specifically, inasmuch as law will presume, without direct proof, the natural or probable consequence of an illegal or improper act. (Minor Veeran Vs. T. V. Krishna-moorthy, AIR 1966 Ker 172. Quoted with approval a passage from Law of Pleadings by Mogha.)

It was held by the Supreme Court of India in Maula Bux Vs. Union of India AIR 1970 SC 1955, that ‘forfeiture of earnest money under a contract for sale of property, if the amount is reasonable, does not fall within Section 74’. That is, when the forfeiture clause in a contract refers to a nominal (thereby reasonable) sum alone, as earnest money, it does not provide for an ‘amount to be paid in case of such breach’, or amount to imposing a penalty.  In such cases of forfeiture of reasonable (nominal) earnest money, it is immaterial ‘whether or not actual damage or loss is proved’.

Pleadings on Defamation – requirements

  • Defamatory words must be set out in the plaint. (M.J. Zakharia Sait v. T.M. Mohammed, (1990) 3 SCC 396; R. Rajagopal v. J. Jayalalitha: AIR 2006 Mad 312 (DB))
  • When the defamatory sense is not apparent , the defamatory meaning must also be set out.
  • Where particular context is to be set out, for showing defamation, it shod be stated.

In M.J. Zakharia Sait v. T.M. Mohammed, (1990) 3 SCC 396, the Supreme Court held as under:

  • 30. In W. Hay and Ors. v. Aswini Kumar Samanta, AIR 1958 Cal 269 a Division Bench of the Calcutta High Court held that it is well-settled that in a “libel action” the ordinary defamatory words must be set out in the plaint. Where the words are per se or prima facie defamatory only the words need be set out. Wherever the defamatory sense is not apparent on the face of the words, the defamatory meaning or as it is technically known in law, the innuendo must also be set out and stated in clear and specific terms. Where again the offending words would be defamatory onlyin the particular context in which they were used, uttered or published, it is necessary also to set out except where as in England, the law is or has been made expressly otherwise, the offending context (colloquium) in the plaint, and to state or ever further that this context or the circumstances constituting the same, were known to the persons to whom the words were published, or, at least, that they understood the words in the defamatory sense. In the absence of these necessary averments, the plaint would be liable to be rejected on the ground that it does not disclose any cause of action.
  • 31. What exactly should be pleaded in an action for defamation has been stated also in Halsbury’s Laws of England [Vol. 28 – 4th ed.].
  • In paragraphs 174, 175, 176, 177 and 178 of the said Volume, we have discussion with regard to natural and ordinary meaning of the words complained of, and about the innuendo and the facts and matters supporting innuendo which should be pleaded and proved. It is stated there that in drafting a statement of claim in libel or slander, it is necessary to distinguish between cases in which the words complained of are alleged to be defamatory in their natural and ordinary meaning, whether the literal or the inferential meaning, and those in which the defamatory meaning is a secondary meaning derived from extrinsic or special facts or matters, so that a legal or true innuendo must be pleaded. If it is claimed that the words are defamatory in their natural and ordinary meaning and the words bear only one literal meaning, which is clear and explicit, it is not necessary to plead the meaning in the statement of claim. However, if the words are reasonably capable of bearing more than one literal meaning or if the defamatory meaning relied on is inferential (a “false or popular” innuendo), it is desirable and may even be necessary to plead the defamatory meaning or meanings. Where the plaintiff wishes to claim that the words complained of were understood to be defamatory in a secondary or extended meaning by those persons having knowledge of some special facts or matters, such a meaning constitutes a separate cause of action and the same should be pleaded expressly in a separate paragraph in the statement of claim (emphasis supplied). Particulars must be given of the facts and matters on which the plaintiff relies in support of any secondary or extended defamatory meaning which it is decided to plead. These special facts or matters may be extrinsic to the words used or there may be some special meaning of the words themselves. The plaintiff should plead that particular words bore the innuendo meaning.
  • Paragraph 172 of the Halsbury’s Laws of England, Vol-28. Paragraph 172 is extracted as under :-
  • “172. Pleading and proof of words – In an action for defamation, the actual words complained of, and not merely their substance, must be set out verbatim in the statement of claim. A libel action cannot be brought in respect of a document the contents of which the plaintiff is unaware; but in a slander action interrogatories may, in an exceptional case, be permitted, prior to the statement of claim, to ascertain the precise words spoken. It is no longer necessary to prove at trial the precise words pleaded; it will suffice to prove words substantially the same and the jury should be invited to consider whether the words are defamatory in the version it has accepted. Where the plaintiff complains of a book or long article, he must specify the passages which he alleges to be defamatory rather than merely plead the whole book or article.” (Quoted in: Essel Infraprojects Ltd vs Devendra Prakash Mishra, 2015-1 AIR BomR 482, 2015-1 BCR 340)

In W.Hay and others vs. Aswini Kumar Samanta AIR 1958 Cal 269 it was held as under:

  • “11. It is well settled that, in a libel action, the defamatory words must be set out in the plaint. Where the words are per se or prima facie defamatory only the words need be set out. Where, however, the defamatory sense is not apparent on the face of the words, the defamatory meaning, or as it is technically known in law, the “innuendo” must also be set out and set out in clear and specific terms. These are universally accepted propositions. Where again the offending words would be defamatory only in the particular context, in which they were used, uttered or published, it seems to us that it is necessary also to set out, except where, as in England, the law is or has been made expressly otherwise, the offending context (Colloquium) in the plaint and to state or aver further that this context or the circumstances, constituting the same, were known to the persons, to whom the words were published, or, at least, that they understood the words in the defamatory sense. In the absence of these necessary averments, the plaint would be liable to be rejected on the ground that it does not disclose any cause of action.” (Quoted in: Essel Infraprojects Ltd vs Devendra Prakash Mishra, 2015-1 AIR BomR 482, 2015-1 BCR 340)

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Law on Damages

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Pictorial Testimony Theory and Silent Witnesses Theory in Law of Evidence

Taken from : Visual and Audio Evidence

Saji Koduvath, Advocate, Kottayam.

Introspection

  • 1. Photographs, videos etc. are ‘documents ‘. 
  • 2. There is difference between using a photograph (or a video) in evidence (i) for explaining matters or refreshing memory of a witness and (ii) using the same as a substantive evidence in court.
  • 3. The requirement of ‘proving the authenticity’, through proper witnesses, will be greater in the latter class (that is, for using the photographs or videos as a substantive evidence) .
  • 4. Depend upon the requirement of ‘proving the authenticity’, such evidences are divided into two divisions. The first category is: Pictorial Testimony Theory and the latter class is Silent Witnesses Theory.
  • 5. There is a change in the approach of the UK and US courts, as regards the nature of evidence to be adduced when a photograph or video is produced in court. The earlier decisions stood by the stand that ‘there should be some witness’. Now, the UK and US jurisprudence allows high degree of discretion to the courts to determine whether a document stands proved.

Definition of Evidence

According to the Indian Evidence Act, 1872, Section 3 –

  • Evidence’ means and includes:
  • (1) all statements which the Court permits or requires to be made before it by witnesses, in relation to matters of fact under inquiry; such statements are called oral evidence;
  • (2) all documents including electronic records produced for the inspection of the Court, such documents are called documentary evidence.

Definition of Document

Section 3 of the Indian Evidence Act, 1872 defines ‘document’ as under:

  • “ ‘Document’ means
  • any matter expressed or described upon any substance by means of letters, figures or marks, or by more than one of those means, intended to be used, or which may be used, for the purpose of recording that matter.”
  • Illustrations:
    • A writing is a document;
    • Words printed, lithographed or photographed are documents;
    • A map or plan is a document;
    • An inscription on a metal plate or stone is a document;
    • A caricature is a document.

As could be seen from the illustration, ‘Document’ takes-in photographs.

By virtue of Section 65B of the Indian Evidence Act, any information contained in an electronic record which is printed on a paper, stored, recorded or copied in optical or magnetic media produced by a computer (computer output) shall be ‘deemed to be also a document’.

Besides the Evidence Act, term document has been defined in the General Clauses Act, 1897, and Indian Penal Code, 1860.  

Section 3(18), General Clauses Act defines document as under:

  • Document shall include any matter written, expressed, or described upon any substances by means of letters, figures or marks, or by more than one of those means which is intended to be used, or which may be used for the purpose of recording that matter.”

Section 29, Indian Penal Code explains that the word document denotes any matter expressed or described upon any substance by means of letters, figures or marks or by more than one of those means, intended to be used, or which may be used, as evidence of that matter.

In Explanation 1, it is stated:

  • “It is immaterial by what means or upon what substance the letters, figures or marks are formed, or whether the evidence is intended for, or may be used in a court of justice, or not.”

Going by the definitions, ‘document ‘ includes not only all materials or substance upon which thoughts of a man are represented by writing or any other specious of conventional mark or symbol, but also records of information of some sort.

In P. Gopalakrishnan v. State of Kerala, AIR 2020 SC 1, it is observed that tape records of speeches [1] and audio/video cassettes [2]  including compact disc [3] were “documents” under Section 3 of the 1872 Act, which stand on no different footing than photographs and were held admissible in evidence. It is by now well established that the electronic record produced for the inspection of the Court is documentary evidence under Section 3 of the Evidence Act [4].

  • [1] (Also: Tukaram S. Dighole v. Manikrao Shivaji Kokate, 2010-4 SCC 329; Ziyauddin Burhanuddin Bukhari v. Brijmohan Ramdass Mehra(1976) 2 SCC 17 )
  • [2] (See: Burhanuddin Bukhari v. Brijmohan Ramdas Mehra, 1976-2 SCC 17)
  • [3] (See: Singh Verma v. State of Haryana, 2016-15 SCC 485)
  • [4] (See: Anwar PV v. PK Basheer, 2014-10 SCC 473).

Photographs, Audio and Video Cassettes, CCTV footageElectronic Documents etc.

It is clear that a document means something which conveys or affords information, notwithstanding the matter or medium on which it is exhibited, inscribed or contained.[1] Apart from a writing, picture, caricature, map or plan printed, lithographed or photographed on a piece of paper, document includes an inscription on a metal plate or stone. It also comprises:[2] Photographs including photographs of tombstones and houses,[3] Video recordings,[4] Audio and video[5] cassettes[6] or tape-recordings,[7] Moving cinematograph[8] film,[9 Electronic documents such as floppies, CCTV footages, CDs, DVDs, Chips, Hard discs, Pen drives,[10] e-mails[11]; Facebook messages[12]; Whatsapp messages[13].

  • [1] P. Gopalakrishnan @ Dileep Vs. State Of Kerala: KERLT 2018 4 1159, KERLJ 2018 4 189, KHC 2018 4 437
  • [2] P. Gopalakrishnan @ Dileep Vs. State Of Kerala: KERLT 2018 4 1159, KERLJ 2018 4 189, KHC 2018 4 437
  • [3] Lyell v. Kennedy (No.3) (1884) 50 L.T. 730
  • [4] State of Maharashtra v. Praful B. Desai, AIR 2003 SC 2053
  • [5] State of Maharashtra v. Praful B. Desai, AIR 2003 SC 2053; Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State :2014 KHC 31; Taylor v. Chief Constable Cheshire:1987(1) All.ER 225
  • [6] Tukaram S. Dighole v. Manik Rao Shivaji Kokate (2010)4 SCC 329
  • [7] P. Gopalakrishnan v. State of Kerala, AIR 2020 SC 1; Tukaram S. Dighole v. Manikrao Shivaji Kokate, 2010-4 SCC 329; Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State: 2014 KHC 31; Ziyauddin Burhanuddin Bukhari v. Brij Mohan Ramdas Mehra:  (1976) 2 SCC 17; Also See: Grand v. Southwestern and County Properties Ltd. (1975)Ch.185, (1974)2 All.E.R. 465; Rex v. Daye : (1908)2 K.B. 333, 340.  
  • [9] Senior v. Holdsworth, Ex parte Independant Television New Ltd. (1976) Q.B. 23)
  • [10] Rex v. Daye ((1908)2 K.B. 333, 340)
  • [11] Ambalal Sarabhai Enterprise v. KS Infraspace LLP Limited (AIR 2020 SC 307); Sailendra Kumar Goswami v. State of Assam, 2022 CrLJ 4694, 2022-237 AIC 506
  • [12] Sanjib Sarkar v. Rajasree Roy, AIR  2022 Cal- 12
  • [13] Rakesh Kumar Singla v. Union Of India, 2021-1 RCR(CRI) 704, 2021-3 Cri CC 452; Priyanka Singh v. State of Maharashtra, 2021 All MR(Cri)  1276, 2021-3 Cri CC 110, 2021-4 BCR(Cri) 393 etc..

Photo Identification (in Court)

Photo identification has been held to be valid in Umar Abdul Sakoor Sorathia v. Narcotic Control Bureau, (2000) 1 SCC 138, and Vasudevan v. The State, 1993 CrLJ 3151 (Ker). But in Sahadevan Sagadevan v. State by Inspector of Police, Chennai, AIR  2003  SC 215, the Apex Court did not accept  the identification through the photograph, after nearly 7 years. Similarly, in State (NCT of Delhi) v. Navjot Sandhu @ Afsal Guru, AIR 2005  SC 3820, ‘in regard to the identification of the photograph of deceased terrorist’, the  evidence was not accepted because it did ‘not inspire confidence, in view of the time lag of 8 months’.

In the case, Ponnappan v. State of Kerala, ILR 1994(3) Ker 370, a greedy man, SK., employed in Abu Dabi, took insurance policy for a large amount.  With a view to claim that amount, SK. and his fellows killed an innocent man, Chacko, while SK. was in Kerala, and blazed him in the car owned by SK. Police investigation revealed the conspiracy. SK. being absconded, he could not be tried.  The Kerala High Court (Ponnappan v. State of Kerala), in appeal, confirmed the conviction holding that Chacko was the person who was killed. It was on a photo identification (Pictorial testimony). The Court held as under:

  • “PW I identified the person in M.O. 9 photo as the person who was killed. There is no doubt that M.O. 9 is the photograph of Chacko, the film representative. It was contended that since P. W. I himself admitted that he had not observed the features or facial peculiarities of the person when he was inside the car, the identification made by him with the help of the photo is not of any use. We are of the view that even without noticing any translatable mark or feature of a person it could be possible to identify him later.”

Relevancy and Admissibility of Photo and Video Evidence

Photo or video evidence may be the most valuable evidence in the facts of certain cases. Under the ‘Best Evidence Rule’ it may have great importance, as stated in the following decisions:

  • Mohammed Rafiq Vs. Madhan, 2018-1 Mad LJ(CRI) 641;
  • Moti Rabidas Vs. The State of Bihar, 2015-145 AIC 435;
  • Vaman Narain Ghiya Vs. State of Rajasthan 2014-1 Raj Cri C 31;
  • State of MP Vs. Shankarlal, ILR 2010 MP 717;
  • P Rajagopal Vs. Inspector of police 2009-2 Mad LJ(Cri) 161;
  • Santhosh Baccharam Patil Vs. State of Maharashtra, 2002 All MR (Cri)997, 2003 BCR (Cri) 120.

Pictorial Testimony Theory and Silent Witnesses Theory

Photographs, audio and video cassettes etc. are, as shown above, ‘documents ‘.  Depend upon the requirement of proving the authenticity, as shown in Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State: 2014 KHC 31, they are divided into two categories. They are:

  • (i)  aid a witness in explaining his testimony (Pictorial testimony theory) – (E.g. a doctor explains injury with the help of a photograph; identification of a deceased with photo.);
  • (ii) probative evidence of what those evidence depict (Silent witness theory) – (E.g. X-ray film showing a fracture; a photograph showing accused – in a crowd – armed with weapon, though the photographer did not see him; photograph of a scene of occurrence of a crime – which speaks for itself.)

Witnesses may, with their personal knowledge, state that a photograph is a fair and accurate representation of the fundamental facts appear therein. (E.g. a doctor explains injury with the help of a photograph.) In such a case, the evidence of the witness will be the primary matter rather than what is depicted in the photograph; and the photographer need not be examined in court, inasmuch as the photograph is admitted merely to aid a witness in explaining his testimony. They are, explained by Wigmore as, ‘nothing more than the illustrated testimony of that witness’. This principle gives rise to Pictorial testimony theory or communication theory.

But, when a photograph itself is taken as probative and substantial evidence of the matters appear therein, it acquires the glorified status of independent ‘silent witnesses’. In such cases, there should be cogent evidence before the court, to admit the photograph in evidence. (E.g. X-ray film showing a fracture; a photograph showing accused – in a crowd – armed with weapon, though the photographer did not see him.)

Silent Witness Theory – Which Speaks for Itself 

In Black’s Law Dictionary, 9th Edition, at page 1508, ‘Silent Witness Theory’ is mentioned as under:

  • “A method of authenticating and admitting evidence (such as a photograph), without the need for a witness to verify its authenticity, upon a sufficient showing of the reliability of the process of producing the evidence, including proof that the evidence has not been altered.” (Quoted in: Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State :2014 KHC 31)

In Halsbury’s Laws of England, Fourth Edition, Vol. 1 7, at page 158, it is noticed as follows:

  • “224. Photographs. Photographs properly verified on oath by a person able to speak to their accuracy are generally admissible to prove the identity of persons, or the configuration of land as it existed at a particular moment (scientific deductions from them being made by a witness both skilled and experienced in such a task, or radar echoes or the contents of a lost document. In the High Court a photograph is receivable in evidence at the trial only when certain provisions have been complied with.” (Quoted in: Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State :2014 KHC 31)

In Halsbury’s Laws of England, Fifth Edition,Vol.11, at page 723, it is stated as follows:

  • “958.  Photographs, films, records, tape recordings and video recordings. At common law, photographs properly verified on oath by a person able to speak to their accuracy were generally admissible to prove the identity of persons, or the configuration of land as it existed at a particular moment (scientific deductions from them being made by a witness both skilled and experienced in such a task), or radar echoes or the contents of a lost document. For the purpose of Civil Evidence Act 1995, ‘document ‘means anything in which information of any description is recorded and a similarly wide definition applies for the purposes of disclosure under the Civil Procedure Rules.  Thus photographs, films, records, tape recordings and video recordings are all admissible in evidence, subject, if appropriate, to the statutory safeguards with regard to hearsay evidence. Prior notice must be given of a party’s intention to put photographs and certain other items in evidence.
  • The court has power to order the photographing of property which is, or may become, the subject matter of proceedings.” (Quoted in: Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State :2014 KHC 31)

Wigmore on Evidence, Chgadbourn Revision, Vol. III at page 220, it is observed as follows:

  • “Given an adequate foundation assuring the accuracy of the process producing it, the photograph should then be received as a so-called silent witness or as a witness which speaks for itself.” (Quoted in: Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State :2014 KHC 31)

Proper Witness should be examined  to invoke ‘Silent Witness‘ Theory

When a photograph or video (as such) is used, a proper witness (not necessarily the photographer) must be examined to show that the photograph (or CCTV, film, CD, e-mails etc.) accurately represent what is depicted; and when, where, and under what circumstances the photograph was taken.

  • (See: State v. Tatum, 58 Wn.2d 73, 360 P.2d 754 (1961); State v. Newman, 4 Wn. App. 588, 484 P.2d 473 (1971), Wigmore on Evidence, Chgadbourn Revision, Vol.III at page 220; Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State: 2014 KHC 31.)

In such cases the the photo or video stands as an independent and substantive piece of evidence which speaks for itself, e.g. photo of scene of occurrence of a crime.

In Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State: 2014 KHC 31, the Kerala High Court examined the quantum of authentication required. It is held as under:

  • “It is simply this – that some witness (not necessarily the photographer) be able to give some indication as to when, where, and under what circumstances the photograph was taken, and that the photograph accurately portray the subject or subjects illustrated.  The photograph need only be sufficiently accurate to be helpful to the court and the jury.
  • In Taylor v. Chief Constable Cheshire, (1987)1 All.E.R.225, it was held as under: “The next case to which I would refer is the case of RV Fowden and White [1982] Crim LR 588. There two persons, the appellants, were alleged to have been photographed on a video film carrying out acts of theft. At their trial the Crown sought to call evidence from a police officer and a store detective who knew Fowden and While to say that the persons on the film were the accused.  The judge admitted that evidence of identity, against the contention for the defence that it was purely a matter for the jury, looking at the film, to determine the question of identity. 
  • On appeal it was held as under: ‘There was no difference in principle between a video film and a photograph or tape recording.  Although it was not strictly necessary to decide the point the Court was of the opinion there was no reason in principle why the Crown should not be able to call a witness who knows someone to look at a photograph and give evidence to the effect that he knows the person, and it is the accused.
  • However, in the circumstances of that particular case the court held: ‘ … the evidence should not have been admitted as the prejudicial value outweighed its probative effect, because the identifying witnesses knew the accused for a similar shoplifting case a week later, and accordingly the defence were deprived from testing the accuracy of the identification without causing prejudice and embarrassment ‘”

Pictorial Testimony’ Theory Photographer Need Not be Testified

As shown above, ‘pictorial testimony’ theory is applied in matters like explanation by a doctor as regards injury on a victim with the help of a photograph, or identification of a deceased with photo. In such cases, the substantive evidence is not the photo; but it is the evidence of the witness.

It is explained in Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State: 2014 KHC 31, that the photographer need not be examined under the ‘pictorial testimony’ theory. It is observed as under:

  • Pictorial testimony theory or communication theory is based on the notion that any witness with knowledge that a photograph is a fair and accurate representation may testify to the fundamental facts. There is no requirement that the person who took the photograph should testify in order to authenticate the photograph.  It is enough that the individual testifying recognises the subject that is depicted in the photograph. Authenticity of the photograph is to be established like in the case of any other document. It must be noticed that documentary testimony theory only covers the admissibility of evidence and it does not refer to the evidence of the photographer as a fact finder. Under the silent witness theory, the following factors will have to be established:
    • “Under “silent witness” theory, testimony, establishing authenticity, integrity, and competency of video recording.
    • Photograph expert’s determination that video recording was not altered in any way, built-up or faked.
    • Continuous chain of custody established. Video camera or camcorder was checked and property operating.
    • Video recording is same as what witness saw on playback immediately after recording.
    • No material alteration, surreptitious editing, or fabrications have taken place.”

Pictorial Testimony Theory and Silent Witness Theory Compared

Pictorial testimony theorySilent witness theory
The photo or video is not taken as probative evidence. The photo or video is Probative & substantial evidence.
It is used as an Aid by a witness to explain his testimony (E.g. a doctor explains injury with the help of a photograph; identification of a deceased with photo.)It speaks for itself. (E.g. X-ray film showing a fracture; a photograph showing accused armed with weapon, though the photographer did not see him; photograph of a scene of occurrence of a crime).
No detailed enquiry on photo or video (Photographer need not be examined). A proper witness (not necessarily the photographer) must be examined.
Photo or video not stand as independent or substantive evidence.Photo or video stands as independent and substantive evidence.

Does Sec. 65B Evid. Act Make any Change as to Nature of Evidence to be adduced
No.
It is for Two reasons:

  • (i) Sec. 65A and 65B deal with ‘Admissibility’ (alone) of a Computer Output/Copy. If ‘truth’ is in question, it must be proved according to other provisions of the Evidence Act. Sec. 65A and 65B lay down –
    • Sec. 65A: Special provisions as to evidence relating to electronic record:
    • The contents of electronic records MAY BE proved in accordance with the provisions of section 65B.”
    • Sec. 65B: Admissibility of electronic records:
    • (1) … any information contained in an electronic record which is printed ….. or copied ….. shall be ADMISSIBLE in any proceedings ….. as evidence of any contents of the original … of which direct evidence would be admissible.”
  • (ii) Sec. 65B Evid. Act deals with ‘Computer Output’ (copy) and not ‘Electronic Record’ (original). Sec.65B lays down –
    • Sec. 65B. Admissibility of electronic records:
    • (1) … any information contained in an electronic record which is PRINTED ….. or COPIED ….. (hereinafter referred to as the computer output) shall be admissible ….. as evidence of any contents of the original ….”

Silent Witness Theory as applied in UK

The law in UK, as to admission of a video (or any other ‘electronic evidence’), can be understood from the decision, State v. Stangle, 166 N.H. 407, 97 A.3d 634 (The State of New Hampshire v. Stephen Stangle, 2014). It allows the trial court ample discretion as to admission of such evidence and to play or show such evidence before the jury.

In this decision, State v. Stangle, it is pointed out that, in past, courts admitted videos, in evidence, when it was introduced to illustrate the testimony of a witness who observed the same scene viewed by the recording equipment.  The “foundational requirementsshould have been complied with for admitting such videos. But, where there was no first-hand witness, courts had adopted the ‘silent witness’ theory (which speaks for itself) to admit video recordings. This theory allowed “the introduction of the recording as primary, substantive evidence of the events depicted”.

It was further pointed out in this decision –

  • Under this theory, “a witness need not testify to the accuracy of the image depicted in the photographic or videotape evidence if the accuracy of the process that produced the evidence is established with an adequate foundation.’’ (People v. Taylor, 353 Ill.Dec. 569, 956 N.E.2d 431, 438 (Ill.2011).
  • It was not “wise to establish specific foundational requirements for the admissibility of photographic [or video] evidence under the ‘silent witness’ theory, since the context in which the … evidence was obtained and its intended use at trial will be different in virtually every case.” Fisher v. State, 7 Ark. App. 1, 643 S.W.2d 571, 575 (Ark.Ct.App.1982).
  • It was enough to say, that adequate foundational facts must be presented to the trial court, so that the trial court can determine that the trier of fact can reasonably infer that the subject matter is what its proponent claims.

The law in US on Silent Witness Theory

In State v. Reeves, 2021 S.D. 64; 967 N.W.2d 144 (Supreme Court of South Dakota, US) observed, referring State v. Stangle (supra) as under:

  • “[16] Although we have not yet had occasion to analyze the foundational rules for authenticating automatic video distinctly from a video recorded by a human actor, many courts across the nation have implemented the silent witness theory to hold that photographs and videos may be admitted into evidence without foundation from a witness who took the photograph or video. See, e.g., U.S. v. Rengifo, 789 F.2d 975 (1st Cir. 1986); State v. Stangle, 166 N.H. 407, 97 A.3d 634 (N.H. 2014); State v. Luke, 464 P.3d 914 (Haw. Ct. App. 2020). However, “jurisdictions differ on what evidentiary showing is required to satisfy the ‘silent witness’ standard.” Stangle, 97 A.3d at 637. Generally, there are two categories of approaches employed. Some states implement a flexible, fact-based approach to allow a judge to tailor the authentication process to the individual case; in contrast, others use various “multi-factor test[s] for determining the admissibility of photographs or videos.”
  • [17] The New Hampshire Supreme Court addressed the silent witness theory in State v. Stangle, 166 N.H. 407, 97 A.3d 634 (N.H. 2014) and declined to adopt a formulaic, factor-based approach to authentication. The Court reasoned that: ‘it is not wise to establish specific foundational requirements for the admissibility of photographic (or video) evidence under the ‘silent witness’ theory, since the context in which the evidence was obtained and its intended use at trial will be different in virtually every case. It is enough to say, that adequate foundational facts must be presented to the trial court, so that the trial court can determine that the trier of fact can reasonably infer that the subject matter is what its proponent claims. This allows the trial court to consider the unique facts and circumstances in each case—and the purpose for which the evidence is being offered—in deciding whether the evidence has been properly authenticated.”

Conclusion

From the aforesaid UK and US decisions it is clear that the ground for invoking ‘silent witness’ theory, in UK and US, is – ‘no first-hand witness available’; and therefore, such evidence is allowed to be given ‘without foundation from a witness who took the photograph or video’.

It is obvious that there is a change in the approach of the UK and US courts, as regards the nature of evidence to be adduced when a photograph or video is produced in court. The earlier decisions [State v. Tatum, 58 Wn.2d 73, 360 P.2d 754 (1961); State v. Newman, 4 Wn. App. 588, 484 P.2d 473 (1971) ] stood by the stand that ‘there should be some witness, not necessarily the photographer, who was able to give some indication as to when, where, and under what circumstances the photograph was taken, and that the photograph accurately portrayed the subject illustrated’. The Kerala High Court substantially adhered to these principles in Santhosh Madhavan @ Swami Amritha Chaithanya v. State: 2014 KHC 31.

In this juncture, it is apposite to point out that the UK and US jurisprudence allows high degree of discretion to the courts to determine whether a document stands proved (to the satisfaction of the judicial mind), in the facts and circumstance of a case. But, in India, we are (more) circumscribed by the ‘Evidence-Laws’ and precedents.

Read Blogs:

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India

Art. 370, Pertaining to J&K -Turns the Constitution on Its Head

Saji Koduvath, Advocate, Kottayam.

PART I

Introduction

Special status had been given to Jammu & Kashmir by Article 370 of the Constitution of India.

Now, because of the changes made to the Constitution in 2019, the Special Status conferred on Jammu & Kashmir had been wiped out. The changes are brought-in by the following historic documents:

The Presidential Order

  • (i) On August 5, 2019, by the Presidential Order [CO 272 – The Constitution (Application to Jammu & Kashmir) Order, 2019], amended Article 367 (the interpretation clause). Thereby the ‘Constituent Assembly’ under Article 370(3) was amended as ‘Legislative Assembly’. (The Constituent Assembly had been dissolved 60 years back.) Consequently, the requirement of approval of the presidential order became the approval of the ‘legislative assembly’. Jammu and Kashmir was being under President’s Rule, the need for the consent of the ‘legislative assembly’ was not specifically needed, and satisfaction of the Parliament was enough.

Parliament Resolutions

  • (ii) Adoption of the said Presidential Order by the Parliament, by a Resolution, introduced  by the Union Minister for Home Affairs, Amit Shah, in Lok Sabha on August 6, 2019.
  • (iii) Adoption of the Resolution by the Parliament, for Repealing Article 370 of the Constitution of India, introduced  by the Minister Amit Shah, in Lok Sabha on August 6, 2019, and

The Jammu & Kashmir (Reorganisation) Act, 2019

  • (iv) The Jammu & Kashmir (Reorganisation) Act, 2019 was passed, the Bill of which was introduced  by the Home Minister, Amit Shah, in Lok Sabha on August 6, 2019.

Changes made to “Constituent Assembly” of the J&K

By virtue of the aforesaid enactments, Clause 1 of Article 370 that states that the Constitution of India will operate in the State of Jammu and Kashmir alone continued in the Constitution and the special status granted to Jammu and Kashmir was ceased.

Jammu and Kashmir: Status Changed

By the aforementioned documents, the Constitution of India was made applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir, in its entirety.  Further, the status of Jammu and Kashmir was changed by bifurcating the State, forming two separate union territories; namely, Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir and Union Territory of Ladakh. The Union Territory of Jammu and Kashmir was proposed to have a legislature; but,the union territory of Ladakh didn’t have one.

These developments triggered high controversy in the legal paddock. Some speak that the highest assurance of historical importance recognised by the nation, through its Constitution, to a constituent state, is betrayed. The Government says – it is a mark of national integration.

Crucial Legal Challenge

  • Article 370(3) provided that the President of India had the powers to amend or repeal the article by issuing a notification, based on a recommendation of Constituent Assembly of J&K.
  • But no change was recommended by the Constituent Assembly of the J & K State till it was dissolved in 1957.
    • Therefore the one crucial question would be – Can J&K Constituent Assembly (in Article 370) be read as J&K Legislative Assembly?
  • Even if it is assumed that the ‘recommendation’ can be given by the J & K State Legislature (by virtue of the present changes pursuant to the presidential Order), by a resolution, it remains a sheer fact that no Assembly was existing when the 2019 changes were made to the Article 370 (and the concurrence of the Governor was obtained, instead).
    • Therefore, the second crucial question would be – Can J&K Constituent Assembly (in Article 370) be read as recommendation of the Governor?
  • During 2019, Jammu and Kashmir was under ‘President’s Rule’. It was imposed when the Chief Minister, Mehbooba Mufti, resigned on June 19, 2018. (Mehbooba Mufti was leading a coalition and she had to resign since the BJP, a coalition partner, had withdrawn its support.)

The Government of India says that it is well within its rights to bring-in the changes it made, with the concurrence of Governor; and that similar decisions had been taken in the past.

Another point arises for consideration is the following –

  • Because no Constituent Assembly in J & K, can it be said – Art. 370 stands permanent and unamendable?

There had been fights and struggles since 1989. India blames Pakistan. Pakistan raises claim on the whole Kashmir.

What Kashmiris Fear 

Kashmir is a Muslim-majority Territory. It is said that Kashmiris fear that the unique privileges, including property rights, coherent culture out of Muslim population etc. will be eroded; and a change in the law will affect the state’s demographics. Already tensions were high in this region. Apart from enjoying the benefits, the situation prevailed permitted a separate flag and independence over all matters except foreign affairs, defence and communications. The article 370 allowed the state a certain amount of autonomy – and freedom to make laws. It was possible to restrain Indians from purchasing property or settle there. And, they were proud of own Constitution and special status.

Kashmiris suspect that by the advent of Constitutional changes, Hindus would migrate to the state. This would sound well among Kashmiris. Former Jammu and Kashmir Chief Minister and leader of Peoples Democratic Party (PDP), Mehbooba Mufti, has responded that the change in law would alter the demography of Kashmir, where Muslims were majority and it would further alienate Kashmiris. AG Noorani (a lawyer, historian and author) says that the Presidential Orders which made the Constitution of India applicable to the State of Jammu and Kashmir in its entirety, was ‘an illegal decision, akin to committing fraud’. The leader of National Conference party, Omar Abdullah, said the move was unilateral and a total “betrayal of trust” of the people of Jammu and Kashmir.

Political Criticism

A senior leader in the opposition (Congress Party), Ghulam Nabi Azad said, in parliament, that the government had “wiped out Jammu and Kashmir’s identity”. Another Congress leader, P Chidambaram, a prominent lawyer, described the decision as a “catastrophic step” and warned, in Parliament discussions, that it may lead to serious consequences. He said:

  • “You may think you have scored a victory, but you are wrong and history will prove you to be wrong. Future generations will realise what a grave mistake this house is making today”.

Stand of the Govt – It is a Historic step to Correct a Historic Blunder.

The Home Minister, Amit Shah, who introduced Jammu & Kashmir (Reorganisation) Bill, 2019 said in the Lok Sabha, on August 6, 2019, as under:

  • “I want to state that J&K is an inalienable part of India. There are no two versions about that”.
  • “Repealing article 370 is not a historic blunder, rather it is historic step to correct this historic blunder.”
  • Article 370(3) provides President of India has the powers to amend or repeal the article by issuing a notification, based on a recommendation of Constituent Assembly of J&K. J&K constituent assembly would be read as J&K Legislative Assembly. Similar changes to article 370 have been done in the past as well.
  • Now since President’s rule was in force in the state, implementation of article 370 would cease to exist when President of India issued the notification in this regard, after the Lok Sabha passed the resolution.
  • Parliament is the highest and fully competent body to make laws and bring resolutions regarding a state of India including J&K. There can be no question to this power of the Parliament.
  • For 70 years, people of India have harboured this aspiration in their hearts that Kashmir must be an integral part of India. Article 370 was the only roadblock to realize this goal.
  • The opposition in a way has questioned the competence of the Parliament by raising the point – how the Centre can take this step unilaterally when Kashmir is a bilateral issue between India and Pakistan and when the matter is pending in UN. “How can patriots of India who can sacrifice their lives for the country not get perturbed by such a question?”
  • In India, things do not function on whims and fancies but on laws.
  • The question of a referendum ended with the Pakistani aggression in 1965. Hence, the Government of India has full rights to take any decision regarding its territorial integrity. This was even agreed to by the UN.
  • Had our forces given a free hand to deal with the situation, PoK would have been a part of India today”.
  • “I want to assure the people of J&K that the status of State would be restored once the situation normalises. Secondly, PoK and Aksai Chin are an inalienable part of JK and the seats are still part of the legislature.
  • J&K would have a Legislative Assembly with elected representatives and it is a misnomer that the administration would be run by the Centre.
  • Article 370 was originally a temporary provision. Because of article 370, the laws of Union of India did not apply to J&K, corruption and terrorism flourished there.
  • Removing article 370 has no communal agenda as a number of communities and religious groups are resident of J&K that are affected equally. Article 370 has perpetuated discrimination against the minorities including Sikhs, Buddhists admin others.
  • In the past 70 years over 41500 people have been killed. “Should we continue on the same path and let people die. Who is responsible for this state of affairs? Are not the youth of J&K and Ladakh require development. For how long would we deprive them only for vote bank politics.”
  • Such bold steps are not taken for vote bank but for the betterment of people of J&K and for three Nation.
  • Those who favour article 370 are in opposition to the Prevention of Child Marriage Act which could not be applied to J&K due to article 370. Similarly other laws like Right to Education, Land Accusation Act, Multiple Disability Act, Senior Citizens act, Delimitation act, Whistle Blower Protection act, laws enacted for empowerment of tribal, National Commission for Minorities, National Council for Teacher Education, among others, could not be applied to J&K.
  • The reason is simply that after President’s rule was applied in J&K, all corruption cases were opened and those who were at the receiving end are opposing the repealing of article 370.
  • Democracy was strangulated by the use of article 370 for 70 years. Today, after this government came to power, over 40000 panch and sarpanches are taking the democratic process forward and development has started.
  • Pakistan has misused the presence of article 370 to sow the seeds of separatism and terrorism in J&K.
  • “I appeal to all those who favour article 370, to ponder what benefits did the provision bring to the state. It only prevented development and facilitated terrorism there.”
  • Only by repealing this provision, we can bring the people to the mainstream and embrace them with open arms.
  • “J&K is the heaven on earth and I assure everyone that it would continue to remain so when all the laws of Union of India become applicable to the state.”

Two Earlier Court Decisions

In Prem Nath Kaul v. State of J & K (AIR 1959 SC 749) the Constitution Bench of the Supreme Court held that after the dissolution of the J & K Constituent Assembly, the President and Parliament cannot invoke Art. 370. But, Sampat Prakash v. State of J & K (AIR 1970 SC 1118) upheld the argument that Presidential Orders can be passed under Art. 370 even after the dissolution of the J & K Constituent Assembly.

According to Prem Nath Kaul v. State of J & K (AIR 1959 SC 749) the Article 370 was a temporary provision. But in Sampat Prakash v. State of J & K (AIR 1970 SC 1118) the Apex Court refused to accept Article 370 as a temporary provision; the five-judge Bench said that ‘Article 370 has never ceased to be operative’; and that it was a permanent provision.

No ‘Conflict’ between the Two Judgments

The Amendments made to Article 35A and 370 were questioned before the Supreme Court in Manohar Lal Sharma v. Union of India. The Advocates argued that the Supreme Court had given its earlier decision in Sampat Prakash, without taking into account the law laid down in Prem Nath Kaul. Thereon they called for a ‘reference’ to a larger bench since the present bench was of the same strength as Sampath Prakash and Prem Nath Kaul. 

The 5-judge bench of the Supreme Court, on 2nd March 2020, rejected the request to refer these petitions to a larger bench holding that there was no such ‘oversight’ or ‘conflict’ between these judgments, as argued. It was pointed out that the issues and circumstances in those decisions were different. (The earlier decision was in a Land Reform issue arose from a 1950 Act and the later one was in a criminal case.) One thing is definite from the above – that is, even though it may appear from Sampat Prakash v. State of J & K (AIR 1970 SC 1118) that this decision may stand in favour of the Government (and the changes made in 2019), it will not be binding on the five judge bench that hears the present challenge.

PART II

Arguments of the Petitioners, before the Apex Court, in a Nutshell

Several petitions were filed before the Apex Court, challenging the presidential order and the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019. The argument of the petitioners were over, after 10 days’ hearing, on August 23, 2023. The arguments of the petitioners can be summarises as under:

1. Article 370 could not have been revoked by Presidential Orders

  • Article 370 could not be revoked without the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the J&K. It is a condition precedent. This Constituent Assembly ceased to exist in 1957. It has already been made clear in Prem Nath Kaul judgement.
  • In any case, concurrence of the J & K legislature was necessary. Now, Parliament assumed the role of J & K’s Constituent Assembly. (When J&K was under President’s Rule, the powers of the Jammu and Kashmir Legislative Assembly were vested in the Union Parliament.)
  • It destroyed the federal system and autonomy guaranteed to J & K under the mandatory provisions of the Constitution.
  • Both the Union and J & K lost their opportunity to change the provision. (So, at present no valid mechanism for the abrogation of Art. 370.)
  • Present attempts are unilateral in nature.              

2. Article 370 was a Temporary Provision

  • Article 370 was a temporary provision since the J & K Constituent Assembly was a temporary body. Its persuasiveness ceased to exist after the J & K Constitution came into force. Therefore, the situation resulted from dissolution of J & K Constituent Assembly made Article 370, ‘permanent’ (in the sense, it cannot be invoked to make changes as done in 2019).

3. Parliament could not have assumed the role of J&K’s Constituent Assembly

  • If anybody has any power to take a decision on abrogation of Art. 370, it is the J & K Constituent Assembly; or in any case, it is the Legislative Assembly of the J & K. Anyhow, the role cannot be taken over by the Parliament.

4. Splitting of J&K into two union territories, unconstitutional

  • The State did not surrender, under the Instrument of Accession (IoA), its internal sovereignty; only external sovereignty (Foreign Affairs, Defence & Communication) is surrendered toto the Union of India. The abrogation of 370 and the internal sovereignty are unconstitutional.
  • Art. 3 of the Constitution of India requires the consent of the legislative assembly of the States before the state boundaries are altered.
  • The reorganisation and reduction of J&K, a State, into a Union Territory took place without the concurrence of the legislative assembly of J&K. It is against Article 3.
  • Art. 3 did not provide for the abolition of states. It will be violate Art. 1 which articulates the idea of a “Union of States”.
  • The present actions are violation of basic structure doctrine.

5. Art. 367, the interpretation clause, could not have been invoked to alter the meaning of “Constituent Assembly” and indirectly amended Art. 370

  • By C.O. 272 the President replaced “Constituent Assembly” with “Legislative Assembly”. It was made by invoking interpretation clause, Art. 367. It is unconstitutional. Art. 367, the interpretation clause, could not have been invoked to alter the meaning of “Constituent Assembly” and indirectly amended Article 370. Art. 370 could have been revoked only with the ‘recommendation’ of the Constituent Assembly of the J&K (when it existed).

Arguments for Union of India, in a Nutshell

Attorney General R. Venkataramani and Solicitor General Tushar Mehta started the arguments for Union of India on August 24, 2023.

Their arguments can be summarised as under:

  • Attorney General Shri. R. Venkataramani submitted that the changes made to Article 370 were following the “due process” of law; and that by the Instrument of Accession J & K surrendered sovereignty to India.
  • Solicitor General Shri. Tushar Mehta argued that Article 370 did not confer special status to J & K.
  • The Solicitor General argued that the “duality” had been made use by “forces against India.
  • According to the Mountbatten Plan, the princely states had the option to join India or Pakistan, and there was no option to stand independent. There was the Instrument of Accession when the document made. Shri Mehta pointed out that the Constitution of J & K was an Act for internal governance alone.
  • Mehta further stressed that the ‘autonomy’ attached to J & K was only that recognising the ‘federal structure‘; and affirmed that it was a part of India. It was similar to that vest with other states through List II (State List) of the Seventh Schedule of Constitution of India, the “Union of States”.
  • Mehta then read Proclamation for the State of J & K, made by the ruler Yuvraj Karan Singh in November 1949 which read as under:
    • “That the provisions of the said (Indian) Constitution shall, as from the date of its commencement, supersede and abrogate all other constitutional provisions inconsistent therewith which are at present in force in this State.”
  • Mehta claimed that the Abrogation of Article 370 was meant for providing the people of J & K rights which people of the rest of the country enjoyed. The present situation deprived the people of J & K the welfare schemes of Union of India.
  • Article 370 was actually a “temporary” provision. According to Mehta,  the words “constituent assembly” can be read interchanged with “legislative assembly”. On dissolution of the J&K Constituent Assembly, the provision became invalid or inoperative; the power of abrogation of Art. 360 became vested with the President. And, now the President has ‘plenary power’.
  • President had invoked Article 367, earlier, to replace “Sadar-i-Riyasat” with “Governor” in Article 370. “Constituent Assembly” and “Legislative Assembly” have been used interchanged, in several occasions and purposes.
  • Mehta  also maintained that Abrogation of Article 370 was with a view to rectify the previous mistakes.  He pointed out that the Presidential Order of 1954 diluted various provisions of the Constitution, including the fundamental rights, when the Constitution was made applicable to J & K.  He buttressed that “the Government has the right to correct its mistakes
  • The statehood of the J&K will be restored as soon as the law and order situation comes to “normalcy”. The Union has the power to reorganise a State as done now.
  • The sovereignty was completely surrendered to India by the Instrument of Accession (IoA).

Senior Advocate Harish Salve

Senior Advocate Harish Salve, pointing out the difference between ‘concurrence’ and ‘recommendation’ in Art. 370, placed the following forceful argument-

  • When ‘concurrence’ is given in Article 370(1) and (2) of the Constitution, the word ‘recommendation‘ is used in Proviso to Article 370(3).
  • Article 370(3) reads as under:
    • “(3) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this article, the President may, by public notification, declare that this article shall cease to be operative or shall be operative only with such exceptions and modifications and from such date as he may specify:
    • Provided that the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the State referred to in clause ( 2 ) shall be necessary before the President issues such a notification.”
  • It has great significance. They are –
    • (i) For abrogating the Article 370(3), nothing more than a mere ‘recommendation from the Constituent Assembly of Jammu &Kashmir was required. (Amendment procedure of Constitution was not to be complied with.)
    • (ii) That recommendation was required as long as the Constituent Assembly of Jammu & Kashmir existed. Thereafter, the President (himself) can do it (of his own) – without ‘recommendation’.
    • (iii) It was the result of the political compromise arrived at between India and J&K at that time.
    • (iv) If the power under the proviso can be exercised in this way, then the presidential order 2023 is a valid one.
  • The historical materials would show that Article 370(3) was a safety valve. “That, if the political compromise in Sub-Article 1 fails to achieve the purpose, at any time it might become necessary to pull the plug.”
  • Salve emphasised – “Now, if one looks at it that way, the whole thing falls in place. We kept, the framers of the Constitution kept, with the President the power to do away with this special arrangement.”

The arguments of both sides were over by September5, 2023; and the case is taken for Judgment.


End Notes – I

BRIEF HISTORY

British Restored 600 Princely States

The British, when left India, through the Indian Independence Act, 1947, restored sovereignty of about 600 princely states, including Kashmir. The princely states had three options: First, to remain as an independent country; Second, to join Dominion of India; and the Third, to join Dominion of Pakistan. The joining with India or Pakistan had to be through a mutual agreement – the Instrument of Accession (IoA).  

Instrument of Accession by J&K

The Maharaja of Kashmir, Raja Hari Singh, had initially decided to take an independent stand and to sign standstill agreements with India and Pakistan. But following an invasion of tribesmen and Army men in plainclothes from Pakistan, he sought the help of India, which in turn led to the accession of Kashmir to India.

Raja Hari Singh signed the IoA on October 26, 1947 and Governor General of India, Lord Mountbatten, accepted it on October 27, 1947.

The Schedule appended to the IoA between India and Kashmir gave the Parliament of India the power to legislate on Defence, External Affairs and Communications, with respect to J&K.

Article 370 and the Constituent Assembly of J & K.

The declared policy of India was that the disputes on accession should be settled in accordance with the wishes of people rather than a unilateral decision of the ruler of the princely state.

India regarded accession of J & K as purely temporary and provisional, as stated in the Government of India’s White Paper on J&K in 1948. In a letter to J&K Prime Minister Sheikh Abdullah dated May 17, 1949, Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru wrote: “The Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir is a matter for determination by the people of the state represented in a Constituent Assembly convened for the purpose.”

Article 370 – Subject to Plebiscite

The original draft of Article 370 was presented by the Government of J&K.

Following modifications and negotiations, on the draft placed by J & K, Article 306A (now 370) was passed in the Constituent Assembly on May 27, 1949. It was moved in the Constitution Assembly by Shri. Gopalaswami Ayyangar

Moving the motion, Ayyangar said that though accession was complete, India had offered to a plebiscite taken when the conditions were created, and if accession was not ratified then “we shall not stand in the way of Kashmir separating herself away from India”.

On October 17, 1949, when Article 370 was finally included in the Constitution by India’s Constituent Assembly, Ayyangar reiterated India’s commitment to plebiscite and drafting of a separate constitution by J & K’s Constituent Assembly.

Presidential Order of 1954 & Article 35A

Article 35A of the Constitution has been introduced through a Presidential Order in 1954 invoking Article 370. Article 35A empowered the J&K legislature to define the state’s permanent residents; and their special rights and privileges to Indian-administered Kashmir, including Jammu and Ladakh.

The Maharaja of Kashmir, Hari Singh, had passed a law in 1927 to stop the influx of people from Punjab. Reports say that it was done as urged by Kashmiri Hindus. The same law was re-introduced in 1954. It was made part of Article 35A, and thus granted Kashmir special status to J&K within India.

After enacting Article 35A, all identified residents were issued a permanent resident certificate, which entitled them to special benefits related to employment, scholarships and other privileges.  The biggest advantage considered by the permanent residents was that they alone had the right to own, buy, or sell immovable property in the state.

By the 1954 Presidential Order, almost the entire Constitution was extended to J&K. Besides 260 of 395 Articles, 94 out of 97 entries in the Union List were made applicable to J & K by this Order; 26 out of 47 items of the Concurrent List have been brought-in. Seven out of 12 Schedules were also extended to the state.

J & K Constitution

It is very important that Article 3 of the J & K Constitution declared J & K to be an integral part of India. In the Preamble to the Constitution, there was a categorical acknowledgement about the object of the J & K Constitution – “to further define the existing relationship of the state with the Union of India as its integral part thereof.” Moreover people of state were referred as ‘permanent residents’; not ‘citizens’. It is noteworthy that there was no claim as to ‘sovereignty’ of J & K in their Constitution. One of the main reasons for enacting a special Constitution for J & K is said to be to bring the provisions of the laws relating to J & K out of the clutches of the fundamental rights. Various fundamental rights (under Article 14, 19, 21 etc.) made it ‘difficult’ to provide special rights to J & K people and J & K situations.

Special Status given to J & K under  Article 370

Article 370 itself exempted operation of other provisions of the Constitution except Article 1 and Article 370, to J & K. By virtue of Article 1, J & K was included in the list of states. It further permitted the J & K to draft its own Constitution.

With respect to the legislative powers of the Parliament, Article 370 restricted Centre to make laws on the subjects included in the IoA, only on “consultation” with the state government.  But, if the concurrence of the Government of the State was to be given, or obtained, before the convening of the Constituent Assembly, it was provided to place the same before such Assembly (when it is convened.)

Similar Special Provisions in Other States also

Article 370 is captioned as ‘Temporary Provisions with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir’.  Article 371 and 371-A to 371-I speak of certain types of privileges or restrictions including purchase of land, in the Himachal Pradesh, Nagaland, Manipur, AP, Sikkim, Misoram, Arunachal Pradesh and Goa. Domicile-based reservation in admissions and even jobs is also allowed.

Why Article 370 was ‘Temporary’

Article 370 was ‘Temporary’ in the sense that the J&K Constituent Assembly had a right to modify/ delete/ retain it. It was temporary, for the validity of this provision depended upon the plebiscite to be held in the State of Jammu and Kashmir.

Does Article 370 Become a Permanent Provision?

Three views are propounded.

First, Article 370 became permanent when the Constituent Assembly of J&K was dissolved (on January 26, 1957). Article 370(3) permits deletion of Article 370 by a Presidential Order, preceded by the ‘concurrence’ of J&K’s Constituent Assembly. It was not happened by a decision of the Constituent Assembly of J&K.

Second view is that Article 370 continues to operate with obtaining the ‘concurrence’ from the State Assembly which stepped into the shoes of the Constituent Assembly.

And the third view is that on dispersal of the Constituent Assembly of Jammu and Kashmir (on January 27, 1957) after adopting the state’s constitution, ‘there vanished also the president’s powers – under Article 370 – to add more legislative powers to the Centre in respect of J & K or extend to the state any other provision of the constitution of India’. (Constitutional expert, AG Noorani, supports this view.)

Rajendra Prasad on ‘Temporary’ Nature of 370

AG Noorani pointed out in an essay that ‘President Rajendra Prasad, himself a distinguished lawyer’, wrote on September 6, 1952 as under:

  • “… under clause 1(b)(ii) and the second proviso to clause 1(d) of Article 370, it excludes altogether the parliament of India from having any say regarding the constitution of Jammu and Kashmir……The abrogation of Article 370 abrogates along with it application of Article 1 to the state, with the result that the state ceases to be part of the territory of India…”

Alleged aggressions of Centre by the Presidential Orders

  • The Centre has used Article 370 to amend J & K’s Constitution, though that power was not given (to the President) under Article 370.
  • Despite a similar provision that of Article 356 of the Indian Constitution (President’s Rule) is in an Article 92 of the J&K Constitution, Article 356 itself was extended to J&K.
  • The J&K Constitution provides for election of Governor by the Assembly. Article 370 was used to convert it into a nominee of the President.
  • To extend President’s rule beyond one year in other states, the government made Constitutional amendments one after the other. But, in J&K Article 370 was invoked without this Constitutional Amendment.
  • Article 249 (power of Parliament to make laws on State List entries) was extended to J&K without a resolution by the Assembly and just by a recommendation of the Governor. It is utter violation of Art. 370.

End Notes – II

Changes made to the Constitution

The Changes made to the Constitution, by the Presidential Order on 5th August, 2019, led to a legal battle in the Supreme Court of India trading following events-

  • On August 5, 2019 itself, the Rajya Sabha passed a Statutory Resolution under Article 370(3) for abrogation of Article 370, except Clause 1.
  • On August 9, 2019, the Parliament passed the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019.  This Act bifurcated the State of Jammu and Kashmir into two Union Territories – J & K and Ladakh. The presidential order and the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019 diluted Article 370 and revoked J & K’s special status.
  • The presidential order and Reorganisation Act, 2019 are challenged, by various petitions, before the Supreme Court of India. On August 28, 2019, the then Chief Justice of India, Rajan Gogoi, J. referred the matter to a five-Judge Constitution Bench.
  • Now, from August 2, 2023, the Constitution Bench, headed by the Chief Justice of India, considers this matter under the Caption “In Re: Article 370 of the Constitution”.
  • The argument of the Petitioners were over, after 10 days’ hearing, on August 23, 2023. Arguments for Union of India began on August 24, 2023, and continued on August 28, 2023.

Important list of dates

August 5, 2019

  • President Ram Nath Kovind issued presidential order CO 272 and allowed the Union to amend Article 370.
  • Rajya Sabha passed a Statutory Resolution under Article 370(3) for abrogation of Article 370, except Clause 1.
  • This Order allowed the Union to amend Article 370 and split the state into two Union territories.

August 6, 2019  

  • Presidential Proclamation, CO 273, putting the Rajya Sabha’s recommendation.
  • It removed the special status awarded to Jammu and Kashmir & diluted Article 370

August 9, 2019  

  • Parliament passed the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act, 2019.
  • This Act bifurcated the State of Jammu and Kashmir into two Union Territories—J&K and Ladakh

August 28, 2019,

  • A 3-Judge Bench led by former CJI Rajan Gogoi referred the case to a 5-Judge Constitution Bench.

October 1, 2019,             

  • 5-Judge Constitution Bench of the Court comprising Justice N.V. Ramana, S.K. Kaul, R. Subhash Reddy, B.R. Gavai and Surya Kant decided to hear the case from November 14th, 2013.

March 2, 2020,

  • The Bench refused to refer it to a larger Bench.

July 3, 2023,

  • The Supreme Court listed the matter to a Constitution Bench led by Chief Justice D.Y. Chandrachud.

July 11, 2023

  • The Bench listed the matter for hearing from August 2, 2023.

End Notes – III

Art. 370 of the Constitution of India

370. Temporary provisions with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir

  • (1) Notwithstanding anything in this Constitution,
    • (a) the provisions of Article 238 shall not apply in relation to the State of Jammu and Kashmir;
    • (b) the power of Parliament to make laws for the said State shall be limited to
    • (i) those matters in the Union List and the Concurrent List which, in consultation with the Government of the State, are declared by the President to correspond to matters specified in the Instrument of Accession governing the accession of the State to the Dominion of India as the matters with respect to which the Dominion Legislature may make laws for that State; and
    • (ii) such other matters in the said Lists as, with the concurrence of the Government of the State, the President may by order specify Explanation For the purposes of this article, the Government of the State means the person for the time being recognised by the President as the Maharaja of Jammu and Kashmir acting on the advice of the Council of Ministers for the time being in office under the Maharajas Proclamation dated the fifth day of March, 1948 ;
    • (c) the provisions of Article 1 and of this article shall apply in relation to that State;
    • (d) such of the other provisions of this Constitution shall apply in relation to that State subject to such exceptions and modifications as the President may by order specify: Provided that no such order which relates to the matters specified in the Instrument of Accession of the State referred to in paragraph (i) of sub clause (b) shall be issued except in consultation with the Government of the State: Provided further that no such order which relates to matters other than those referred to in the last preceding proviso shall be issued except with the concurrence of that Government
  • (2) If the concurrence of the Government of the State referred to in paragraph (ii) of sub clause (b) of clause ( 1 ) or in the second proviso to sub clause (d) of that clause be given before the Constituent Assembly for the purpose of framing the Constitution of the State is convened, it shall be placed before such Assembly for such decision as it may take thereon
  • (3) Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions of this article, the President may, by public notification, declare that this article shall cease to be operative or shall be operative only with such exceptions and modifications and from such date as he may specify:
  • Provided that the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the State referred to in clause ( 2 ) shall be necessary before the President issues such a notification.

How to Subscribe ‘IndianLawLiveFree’? Click here – “How to Subscribe Free


Read in this Cluster  (Click on the topic):

Book No, 1 – Civil Procedure Code

Power of attorney

Title, ownership and Possession

Principles and Procedure

Admission, Relevancy and Proof

Land LawsTransfer of Property Act

Evidence Act – General

Sec. 65B

Law on Documents

Interpretation

Contract Act

Easement

Stamp Act & Registration

Will

Arbitration

Divorce

Negotiable Instruments Act

Book No. 2: A Handbook on Constitutional Issues

Religious issues

Book No. 3: Common Law of CLUBS and SOCIETIES in India

Book No. 4: Common Law of TRUSTS in India